1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 256 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 257 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 258 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 260 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 261 262 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 263 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 264 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 265 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 266 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 267 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 268 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 269 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 270 271 if (!LookupCtx) { 272 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 273 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 274 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 275 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 276 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 277 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 278 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 279 // 280 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 281 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 282 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 283 return nullptr; 284 285 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 286 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 287 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 288 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 289 290 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 291 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 292 II, NameLoc); 293 return ParsedType::make(T); 294 } 295 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 299 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 300 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 301 return nullptr; 302 } 303 304 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 305 // lookup for class-names. 306 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 307 LookupOrdinaryName; 308 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 309 if (LookupCtx) { 310 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 311 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 312 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 313 // nested-name-specifier. 314 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 315 316 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 317 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 318 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 319 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 320 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 321 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 322 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 323 LookupName(Result, S); 324 } 325 } else { 326 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 327 LookupName(Result, S); 328 329 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 330 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 331 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 332 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 333 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 334 return TypeInBase; 335 } 336 } 337 338 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 339 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 340 case LookupResult::NotFound: 341 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 342 if (CorrectedII) { 343 TypoCorrection Correction = 344 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 345 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 346 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 347 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 348 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 349 TemplateTy Template; 350 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 351 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 352 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 353 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 354 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 355 if (SS && NNS) { 356 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 357 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 358 } 359 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 360 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 361 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 362 // is handled elsewhere). 363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 364 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 365 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 366 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 367 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 368 IsCtorOrDtorName, 369 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 370 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 371 if (Ty) { 372 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 373 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 374 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 375 if (SS && NNS) 376 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 377 *CorrectedII = NewII; 378 return Ty; 379 } 380 } 381 } 382 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 383 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 384 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 385 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 386 return nullptr; 387 388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 389 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 390 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 391 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 392 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 393 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 394 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 395 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 396 return nullptr; 397 } 398 399 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 400 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 401 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 402 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 403 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 404 if (!IIDecl || 405 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 406 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 407 IIDecl = *Res; 408 } 409 } 410 411 if (!IIDecl) { 412 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 413 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 414 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 415 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 416 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 417 // a type name. 418 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 419 return nullptr; 420 } 421 422 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 423 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 424 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 425 // perform the name lookup again. 426 break; 427 428 case LookupResult::Found: 429 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 430 break; 431 } 432 433 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 434 435 QualType T; 436 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 437 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 438 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 439 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 440 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 441 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 442 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 443 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 444 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 446 << &II << /*Type*/1; 447 448 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 449 450 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 451 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 452 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 453 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 454 if (!HasTrailingDot) 455 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 456 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 457 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 458 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 459 QualType(), false); 460 } 461 462 if (T.isNull()) { 463 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 464 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 465 return nullptr; 466 } 467 468 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 469 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 470 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 471 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 472 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 473 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 474 // Construct a type with type-source information. 475 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 476 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 477 478 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 479 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 480 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 481 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 482 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 483 } else { 484 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 485 } 486 } 487 488 return ParsedType::make(T); 489 } 490 491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 492 static NestedNameSpecifier * 493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 494 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 495 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 496 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 497 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 498 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 499 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 500 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 501 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 502 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 503 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 504 } 505 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 506 } 507 508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 511 /// correctly rejects. 512 static const CXXRecordDecl * 513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 514 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 515 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 516 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 517 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 518 return MD->getParent(); 519 } 520 return nullptr; 521 } 522 523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 525 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 526 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 527 528 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 529 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 530 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 531 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 532 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 533 // lookup is retried. 534 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 535 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 536 // name specifiers. 537 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 539 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 540 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 541 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 542 // instantiation time. 543 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 544 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 545 546 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 547 // template instantiation. 548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 549 << RD; 550 } else { 551 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 552 return ParsedType(); 553 } 554 555 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 556 557 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 558 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 559 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 560 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 561 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 562 563 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 564 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 565 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 566 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 567 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 568 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 569 } 570 571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 577 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 578 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 579 LookupName(R, S, false); 580 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 581 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 582 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 583 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 584 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 585 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 586 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 587 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 588 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 589 } 590 } 591 592 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 593 } 594 595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 599 /// @code 600 /// template<class T> class A { 601 /// public: 602 /// typedef int TYPE; 603 /// }; 604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 605 /// public: 606 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 607 /// }; 608 /// @endcode 609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 610 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 611 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 612 return true; 613 614 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 615 616 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 617 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 618 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 619 return true; 620 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 621 } 622 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 623 } 624 625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 626 SourceLocation IILoc, 627 Scope *S, 628 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 629 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 630 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 631 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 632 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 633 return; 634 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 635 SuggestedType = nullptr; 636 637 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 638 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 639 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 640 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 641 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 642 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 643 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 644 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 645 // We corrected to a keyword. 646 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 647 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 648 } else { 649 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 650 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 651 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 652 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 653 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 654 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 655 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 656 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 657 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 658 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 659 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 660 } else { 661 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 662 } 663 664 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 665 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 666 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 667 SourceRange(IILoc)); 668 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 669 SuggestedType = 670 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 671 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 672 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 673 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 674 } 675 return; 676 } 677 678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 679 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 680 UnqualifiedId Name; 681 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 682 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 683 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 684 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 685 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 686 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 687 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 688 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 689 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 690 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 691 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 692 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 693 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 694 } 695 return; 696 } 697 } 698 699 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 700 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 701 702 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 703 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 704 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 705 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 706 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 707 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 708 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 709 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 710 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 711 712 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 713 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 714 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 715 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 716 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 717 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 718 } else { 719 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 720 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 721 } 722 } 723 724 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 725 /// or 726 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 727 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 728 NextToken.is(tok::less); 729 730 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 731 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 732 return true; 733 734 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 735 return true; 736 } 737 738 return false; 739 } 740 741 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 742 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 743 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 744 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 745 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 746 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 747 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 748 StringRef FixItTagName; 749 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 750 case TTK_Class: 751 FixItTagName = "class "; 752 break; 753 754 case TTK_Enum: 755 FixItTagName = "enum "; 756 break; 757 758 case TTK_Struct: 759 FixItTagName = "struct "; 760 break; 761 762 case TTK_Interface: 763 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 764 break; 765 766 case TTK_Union: 767 FixItTagName = "union "; 768 break; 769 } 770 771 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 772 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 773 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 774 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 775 776 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 777 I != IEnd; ++I) 778 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 779 << Name << TagName; 780 781 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 782 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 783 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 784 return true; 785 } 786 787 return false; 788 } 789 790 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 791 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 792 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 793 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 794 795 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 796 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 797 798 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 799 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 800 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 801 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 802 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 803 } 804 805 Sema::NameClassification 806 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 807 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 808 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 809 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 810 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 811 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 812 813 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 814 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 815 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 816 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 817 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 818 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 819 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 820 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 821 // will reject it later. 822 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 823 } 824 825 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 826 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 827 828 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 829 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 830 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 831 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 832 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 833 return TypeInBase; 834 } 835 836 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 837 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 838 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 839 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 840 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 841 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 842 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 843 return E; 844 } 845 846 bool SecondTry = false; 847 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 848 849 Corrected: 850 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 851 case LookupResult::NotFound: 852 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 853 // call. 854 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 855 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 856 // FIXME: Reference? 857 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 858 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 859 860 // C90 6.3.2.2: 861 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 862 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 863 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 864 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 865 // the function call, the declaration 866 // 867 // extern int identifier (); 868 // 869 // appeared. 870 // 871 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 872 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 873 Result.addDecl(D); 874 Result.resolveKind(); 875 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 876 } 877 } 878 879 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 880 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 881 // "struct", or "union". 882 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 883 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 884 break; 885 } 886 887 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 888 // close to this name. 889 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 890 SecondTry = true; 891 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 892 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 893 &SS, std::move(CCC), 894 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 895 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 896 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 897 898 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 899 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 902 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 903 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 904 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 905 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 906 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 907 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 908 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 909 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 910 } 911 912 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 913 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 914 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 915 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 916 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 917 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 918 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 919 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 920 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 921 } 922 923 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 924 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 925 926 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 927 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 928 return Name; 929 930 // Also update the LookupResult... 931 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 932 Result.clear(); 933 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 934 if (FirstDecl) 935 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 936 937 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 938 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 939 // reference the ivar. 940 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 941 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 942 Result.clear(); 943 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 944 return E; 945 } 946 947 goto Corrected; 948 } 949 } 950 951 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 952 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 953 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 954 955 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 956 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 957 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 958 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 959 960 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 961 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 962 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 963 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 964 // qualified by the keyword typename. 965 // 966 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 967 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 968 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 969 // keyword here. 970 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 971 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 972 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 973 } 974 975 case LookupResult::Found: 976 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 977 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 978 break; 979 980 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 982 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 983 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 984 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 985 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 986 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 987 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 988 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 989 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 990 // ambiguous. 991 // 992 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 993 // so try again after filtering out template names. 994 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 995 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 996 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 997 break; 998 } 999 } 1000 1001 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1002 return NameClassification::Error(); 1003 } 1004 1005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1006 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1007 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1008 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1009 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1010 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1011 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1012 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1013 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1014 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1015 1016 if (!Result.empty()) { 1017 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1018 bool IsVarTemplate; 1019 TemplateName Template; 1020 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1021 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1022 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1023 Result.end()); 1024 } else { 1025 TemplateDecl *TD 1026 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1027 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1028 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1029 1030 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1031 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1032 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1033 TD); 1034 else 1035 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1036 } 1037 1038 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1039 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1040 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1041 // to based on which function we selected. 1042 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1043 1044 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1045 } 1046 1047 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1048 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1049 } 1050 } 1051 1052 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1053 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1054 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1055 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1056 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1057 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1058 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1059 return ParsedType::make(T); 1060 } 1061 1062 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1063 if (!Class) { 1064 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1065 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1066 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1067 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1068 } 1069 1070 if (Class) { 1071 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1072 1073 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1074 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1075 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1076 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1077 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1078 } 1079 1080 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1081 return ParsedType::make(T); 1082 } 1083 1084 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1085 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1086 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1087 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1088 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1089 1090 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1091 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1092 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1093 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1094 (NextIsOp && 1095 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1096 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1097 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1098 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1099 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1100 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1101 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1102 return ParsedType::make(T); 1103 } 1104 1105 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1106 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1107 nullptr, S); 1108 1109 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1110 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1111 } 1112 1113 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1114 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1115 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1116 if (!TD) 1117 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1118 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1119 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1120 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1121 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1122 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1123 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1124 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1125 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1126 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1127 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1128 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1129 } 1130 1131 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1132 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1133 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1134 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1135 1136 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1137 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1138 // the context we'll need to return to. 1139 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1140 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1141 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1142 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1143 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1144 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1145 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1146 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1147 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1148 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1149 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1150 1151 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1152 // lexical context. 1153 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1154 return DC; 1155 1156 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1157 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1158 // class is the context we need to return to. 1159 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1160 DC = RD; 1161 1162 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1163 // declared in. 1164 return DC; 1165 } 1166 1167 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1168 } 1169 1170 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1171 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1172 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1178 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1179 1180 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1181 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1182 } 1183 1184 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1185 Decl *D) { 1186 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1187 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1188 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1189 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1190 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1191 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1192 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1193 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1194 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1195 return Result; 1196 } 1197 1198 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1199 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1200 } 1201 1202 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1203 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1204 /// 1205 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1206 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1207 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1208 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1209 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1210 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1211 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1212 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1213 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1214 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1215 // namespace. 1216 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1217 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1218 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1219 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1220 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1221 1222 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1223 1224 #ifndef NDEBUG 1225 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1226 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1227 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1228 #endif 1229 1230 CurContext = DC; 1231 S->setEntity(DC); 1232 } 1233 1234 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1235 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1236 1237 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1238 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1239 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1240 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1241 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1242 1243 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1244 // disappear. 1245 } 1246 1247 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1248 // We assume that the caller has already called 1249 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1250 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1251 if (!FD) 1252 return; 1253 1254 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1255 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1256 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1257 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1258 CurContext = FD; 1259 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1260 1261 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1262 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1263 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1264 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1265 S->AddDecl(Param); 1266 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1267 } 1268 } 1269 } 1270 1271 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1272 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1273 // rather than the top-level class. 1274 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1275 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1276 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1277 } 1278 1279 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1280 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1281 /// 1282 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1283 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1284 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1285 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1286 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1287 /// attribute. 1288 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1289 ASTContext &Context) { 1290 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1291 return true; 1292 1293 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1294 return true; 1295 1296 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1297 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1298 } 1299 1300 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1301 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1302 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1303 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1304 // scope. 1305 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1306 S = S->getParent(); 1307 1308 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1309 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1310 // into any context. 1311 if (AddToContext) 1312 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1313 1314 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1315 // are function-local declarations. 1316 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1317 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1318 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1319 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1320 return; 1321 1322 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1323 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1324 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1325 return; 1326 1327 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1328 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1329 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1330 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1331 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1332 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1333 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1334 1335 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1336 break; 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 S->AddDecl(D); 1341 1342 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1343 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1344 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1345 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1346 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1347 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1348 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1349 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1350 continue; 1351 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1352 break; 1353 } 1354 1355 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1356 } else { 1357 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1358 } 1359 } 1360 1361 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1362 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1363 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1364 } 1365 1366 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1367 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1368 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1369 } 1370 1371 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1372 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1373 do { 1374 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1375 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1376 return S; 1377 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1378 1379 return nullptr; 1380 } 1381 1382 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1383 DeclContext*, 1384 ASTContext&); 1385 1386 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1387 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1388 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1389 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1390 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1391 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1392 while (F.hasNext()) { 1393 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1394 1395 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1396 continue; 1397 1398 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1399 continue; 1400 1401 F.erase(); 1402 } 1403 1404 F.done(); 1405 } 1406 1407 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1408 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1409 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1410 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1411 } 1412 1413 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1414 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1415 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1416 while (F.hasNext()) 1417 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1418 F.erase(); 1419 1420 F.done(); 1421 } 1422 1423 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1424 /// @code 1425 /// class S { 1426 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1427 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1428 /// }; 1429 /// @endcode 1430 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1431 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1432 // the decl here. 1433 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1434 return false; 1435 1436 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1437 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1438 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1439 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1440 return false; 1441 } 1442 1443 // We need this to handle 1444 // 1445 // typedef struct { 1446 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1447 // } A; 1448 // 1449 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1450 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1451 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1452 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1453 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1454 // not. 1455 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1456 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1457 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1458 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1459 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1460 return true; 1461 } 1462 DC = DC->getParent(); 1463 } 1464 1465 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1466 } 1467 1468 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1469 // these semantics. 1470 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1471 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1472 return false; 1473 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1474 } 1475 1476 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1477 assert(D); 1478 1479 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1480 return false; 1481 1482 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1483 // of members of class templates. 1484 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1485 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1486 return false; 1487 1488 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1489 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1493 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1494 return false; 1495 } else { 1496 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1497 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1498 return false; 1499 } 1500 1501 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1502 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1503 return false; 1504 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1505 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1506 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1507 // like "inline".) 1508 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1509 return false; 1510 1511 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1515 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1516 return false; 1517 1518 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1519 return false; 1520 } else { 1521 return false; 1522 } 1523 1524 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1525 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1526 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1527 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1528 } 1529 1530 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1531 if (!D) 1532 return; 1533 1534 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1535 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1536 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1537 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1538 } 1539 1540 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1541 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1542 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1543 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1544 } 1545 1546 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1547 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1548 } 1549 1550 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1552 return false; 1553 1554 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1555 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 1558 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1559 return true; 1560 1561 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1562 // functions. 1563 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1564 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1565 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1566 WithinFunction = 1567 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1568 if (!WithinFunction) 1569 return false; 1570 1571 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1572 return true; 1573 1574 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1575 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1576 return false; 1577 1578 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1579 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1580 1581 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1582 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1583 1584 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1585 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1586 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1587 return false; 1588 } 1589 1590 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1591 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1592 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1593 return false; 1594 1595 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1596 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1597 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1598 1599 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1600 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1601 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1602 return false; 1603 1604 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1605 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1606 return false; 1607 1608 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1609 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1610 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1611 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1612 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1613 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1614 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1615 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1616 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1617 return false; 1618 } 1619 } 1620 } 1621 } 1622 1623 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1624 } 1625 1626 return true; 1627 } 1628 1629 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1630 FixItHint &Hint) { 1631 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1632 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1633 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1634 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1635 return; 1636 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1637 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1638 } 1639 } 1640 1641 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1642 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1643 return; 1644 1645 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1646 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1647 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1648 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1649 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 1653 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1654 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1655 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1656 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1657 return; 1658 1659 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1660 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1661 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1662 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1663 return; 1664 } 1665 1666 FixItHint Hint; 1667 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1668 1669 unsigned DiagID; 1670 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1671 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1672 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1673 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1674 else 1675 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1676 1677 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1678 } 1679 1680 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1681 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1682 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1683 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1684 // MS inline assembly label name. 1685 bool Diagnose = false; 1686 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1687 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1688 else 1689 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1690 if (Diagnose) 1691 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1692 } 1693 1694 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1695 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1696 1697 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1698 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1699 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1700 1701 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1702 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1703 1704 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1705 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1706 1707 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1708 1709 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1710 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1711 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1712 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1713 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1714 } 1715 1716 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1717 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1718 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1719 1720 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1721 // already. 1722 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1723 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1724 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1725 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1726 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1727 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1728 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1729 } 1730 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1731 } 1732 } 1733 } 1734 1735 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1736 /// 1737 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1738 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1739 /// to the fixed name. 1740 /// 1741 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1742 /// 1743 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1744 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1745 /// 1746 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1747 /// class could not be found. 1748 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1749 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1750 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1751 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1752 // creation from this context. 1753 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1754 1755 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1756 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1757 // find an Objective-C class name. 1758 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1759 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1760 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1761 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1762 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1763 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1764 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1765 } 1766 } 1767 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1768 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1769 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1770 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1771 return Def; 1772 } 1773 1774 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1775 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1776 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1777 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1778 /// ill-formed in C++: 1779 /// @code 1780 /// struct S6 { 1781 /// enum { BAR } e; 1782 /// }; 1783 /// 1784 /// void test_S6() { 1785 /// struct S6 a; 1786 /// a.e = BAR; 1787 /// } 1788 /// @endcode 1789 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1790 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1791 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1792 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1793 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1794 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1795 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1796 /// contain non-field names. 1797 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1798 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1799 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1800 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1801 S = S->getParent(); 1802 return S; 1803 } 1804 1805 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1806 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1807 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1808 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1809 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1810 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1811 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1812 return; 1813 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1814 1815 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1816 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1817 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1818 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1819 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1820 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1821 } 1822 1823 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1824 switch (Error) { 1825 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1826 return ""; 1827 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1828 return "stdio.h"; 1829 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1830 return "setjmp.h"; 1831 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1832 return "ucontext.h"; 1833 } 1834 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1835 } 1836 1837 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1838 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1839 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1840 /// built-in. 1841 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1842 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1843 SourceLocation Loc) { 1844 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1845 1846 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1847 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1848 if (Error) { 1849 if (ForRedeclaration) 1850 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1851 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1852 return nullptr; 1853 } 1854 1855 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1856 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1857 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1858 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1859 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1860 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1861 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1862 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1863 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1864 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1865 } 1866 1867 if (R.isNull()) 1868 return nullptr; 1869 1870 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1872 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1873 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1874 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1875 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1876 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1877 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1878 } 1879 1880 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1881 Parent, 1882 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1883 SC_Extern, 1884 false, 1885 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1886 New->setImplicit(); 1887 1888 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1889 // FunctionDecl. 1890 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1891 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1892 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1893 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1894 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1895 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1896 SC_None, nullptr); 1897 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1898 Params.push_back(parm); 1899 } 1900 New->setParams(Params); 1901 } 1902 1903 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1904 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1905 1906 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1907 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1908 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1909 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1910 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1911 CurContext = Parent; 1912 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1913 CurContext = SavedContext; 1914 return New; 1915 } 1916 1917 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1918 /// entity if their types are the same. 1919 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1920 /// isSameEntity. 1921 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1922 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1923 LookupResult &Previous) { 1924 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1925 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1926 return; 1927 1928 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1929 if (Previous.empty()) 1930 return; 1931 1932 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1933 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1934 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1935 1936 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1937 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1938 continue; 1939 1940 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1941 // different linkages. 1942 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1943 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1944 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1945 continue; 1946 1947 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1948 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1949 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1950 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1951 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1952 continue; 1953 } 1954 1955 Filter.erase(); 1956 } 1957 1958 Filter.done(); 1959 } 1960 1961 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1962 QualType OldType; 1963 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1964 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1965 else 1966 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1967 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1968 1969 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1970 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1971 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1973 << Kind << NewType; 1974 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1975 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1976 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1977 return true; 1978 } 1979 1980 if (OldType != NewType && 1981 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1982 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1983 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1984 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1985 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1986 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1987 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1988 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1989 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1990 return true; 1991 } 1992 return false; 1993 } 1994 1995 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1996 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1997 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1998 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1999 /// 2000 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2001 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2002 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2003 // merging checks. 2004 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2005 2006 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2007 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2008 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2009 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2010 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2011 default: break; 2012 case 2: 2013 { 2014 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2015 break; 2016 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2017 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2018 break; 2019 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2020 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2021 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2022 break; 2023 } 2024 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2025 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2026 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2027 return; 2028 } 2029 case 5: 2030 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2031 break; 2032 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2033 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2034 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2035 return; 2036 case 3: 2037 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2038 break; 2039 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2040 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2041 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2042 return; 2043 } 2044 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2045 } 2046 2047 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2048 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2049 if (!Old) { 2050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2051 << New->getDeclName(); 2052 2053 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2054 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2055 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2056 2057 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2058 } 2059 2060 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2061 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2062 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2063 2064 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2065 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2066 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2067 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2068 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2069 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2070 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2071 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2072 // instead of our tag. 2073 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2074 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2075 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2076 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2077 else 2078 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2079 2080 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2081 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2082 2083 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2084 // out of the scope. 2085 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2086 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2087 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2088 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2089 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2090 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2091 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2092 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2093 } 2094 } 2095 } 2096 } 2097 2098 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2099 // with any extensions enabled. 2100 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2101 return; 2102 2103 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2104 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2105 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2106 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2107 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2108 } 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2111 return; 2112 2113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2114 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2115 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2116 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2117 // to the type to which it already refers. 2118 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2119 return; 2120 2121 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2122 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2123 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2124 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2125 // 2126 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2127 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2128 // 2129 // struct S { 2130 // typedef struct A { } A; 2131 // }; 2132 // 2133 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2134 // allow the above but disallow 2135 // 2136 // struct S { 2137 // typedef int I; 2138 // typedef int I; 2139 // }; 2140 // 2141 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2142 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2143 return; 2144 2145 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2146 << New->getDeclName(); 2147 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2148 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2149 } 2150 2151 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2152 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2153 return; 2154 2155 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2156 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2157 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2158 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2159 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2160 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2161 (Old->isImplicit() || 2162 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2163 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2164 return; 2165 2166 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2167 << New->getDeclName(); 2168 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2169 } 2170 2171 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2172 /// attribute. 2173 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2174 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2175 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2176 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2177 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2178 if (Ann) { 2179 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2180 return true; 2181 continue; 2182 } 2183 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2184 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2185 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2186 return true; 2187 } 2188 2189 return false; 2190 } 2191 2192 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2193 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2194 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2195 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2196 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2197 return true; 2198 } 2199 2200 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2201 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2202 /// 2203 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2204 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2205 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2206 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2207 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2208 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2209 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2210 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2211 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2212 // in a case like: 2213 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2214 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2215 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2216 // definition in such a case. 2217 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2218 return false; 2219 2220 if (I->isAlignas()) 2221 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2222 2223 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2224 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2225 OldAlign = Align; 2226 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2227 } 2228 } 2229 2230 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2231 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2232 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2233 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2234 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2235 return false; 2236 2237 if (I->isAlignas()) 2238 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2239 2240 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2241 if (Align > NewAlign) 2242 NewAlign = Align; 2243 } 2244 2245 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2246 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2247 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2248 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2249 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2250 2251 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2252 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2253 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2254 QualType Ty; 2255 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2256 Ty = VD->getType(); 2257 else 2258 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2259 2260 if (OldAlign == 0) 2261 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2262 if (NewAlign == 0) 2263 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2264 } 2265 2266 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2267 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2268 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2269 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2270 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2271 } 2272 } 2273 2274 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2275 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2276 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2277 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2278 // equivalent alignment. 2279 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2280 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2281 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2282 // have no alignment specifier. 2283 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2284 << OldAlignasAttr; 2285 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2286 << OldAlignasAttr; 2287 } 2288 2289 bool AnyAdded = false; 2290 2291 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2292 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2293 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2294 Clone->setInherited(true); 2295 New->addAttr(Clone); 2296 AnyAdded = true; 2297 } 2298 2299 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2300 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2301 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2302 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2303 Clone->setInherited(true); 2304 New->addAttr(Clone); 2305 AnyAdded = true; 2306 } 2307 2308 return AnyAdded; 2309 } 2310 2311 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2312 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2313 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2314 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2315 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2316 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2317 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2318 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2319 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2320 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2321 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2322 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2323 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2324 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2325 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2326 AA->getDeprecated(), 2327 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2328 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2329 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2330 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2331 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2332 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2333 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2334 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2335 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2336 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2337 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2338 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2339 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2340 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2341 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2342 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2343 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2344 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2345 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2346 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2347 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2348 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2349 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2350 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2351 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2352 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2353 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2354 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2355 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2356 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2357 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2358 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2359 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2360 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2361 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2362 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2363 return false; 2364 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2365 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2366 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2367 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2368 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2369 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2370 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2371 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2372 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2373 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2374 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2375 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2376 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2377 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2378 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2379 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2380 NewAttr = nullptr; 2381 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2382 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2383 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2384 NewAttr = nullptr; 2385 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2386 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2387 UA->getGuid()); 2388 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2389 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2390 2391 if (NewAttr) { 2392 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2393 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2394 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2395 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2396 return true; 2397 } 2398 2399 return false; 2400 } 2401 2402 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2403 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2404 return TD->getDefinition(); 2405 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2406 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2407 if (Def) 2408 return Def; 2409 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2410 } 2411 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2412 return FD->getDefinition(); 2413 return nullptr; 2414 } 2415 2416 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2417 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2418 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2419 return true; 2420 return false; 2421 } 2422 2423 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2424 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2425 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2426 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2427 return; 2428 2429 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2430 if (!Def || Def == New) 2431 return; 2432 2433 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2434 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2435 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2436 2437 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2438 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2439 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2440 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2441 2442 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2443 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2444 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2445 --E; 2446 continue; 2447 } 2448 } else { 2449 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2450 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2451 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2452 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2453 : diag::err_redefinition; 2454 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2455 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2456 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2457 } 2458 ++I; 2459 continue; 2460 } 2461 2462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2463 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2464 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2465 ++I; 2466 continue; 2467 } 2468 } 2469 2470 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2471 ++I; 2472 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2473 } 2474 2475 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2476 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2477 ++I; 2478 continue; 2479 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2480 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2481 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2482 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2483 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2484 // equivalent alignment. 2485 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2486 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2487 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2488 // have no alignment specifier. 2489 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2490 << AA; 2491 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2492 << AA; 2493 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2494 --E; 2495 continue; 2496 } 2497 } 2498 2499 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2500 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2501 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2502 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2503 --E; 2504 } 2505 } 2506 2507 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2508 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2509 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2510 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2511 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2512 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2513 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2514 } 2515 2516 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2517 return; 2518 2519 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2520 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2521 2522 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2523 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2524 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2525 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2526 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2527 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2528 } 2529 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2530 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2531 // already been ODR-used. 2532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2533 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2534 } 2535 } 2536 2537 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2538 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2539 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2540 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2541 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2542 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2543 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2544 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2545 << NewTag; 2546 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 } 2548 } 2549 } else { 2550 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2551 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2552 } 2553 } 2554 2555 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2556 return; 2557 2558 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2559 2560 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2561 // we process them. 2562 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2563 2564 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2565 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2566 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2567 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2568 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2569 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2570 switch (AMK) { 2571 case AMK_None: 2572 continue; 2573 2574 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2575 case AMK_Override: 2576 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2577 LocalAMK = AMK; 2578 break; 2579 } 2580 } 2581 2582 // Already handled. 2583 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2584 continue; 2585 2586 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2587 foundAny = true; 2588 } 2589 2590 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2591 foundAny = true; 2592 2593 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2594 } 2595 2596 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2597 /// to the new one. 2598 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2599 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2600 Sema &S) { 2601 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2602 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2603 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2604 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2605 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2606 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2607 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2608 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2609 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2610 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2611 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2612 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2613 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2614 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2615 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2616 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2617 } 2618 2619 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2620 return; 2621 2622 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2623 2624 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2625 // done before we process them. 2626 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2627 2628 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2629 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2630 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2631 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2632 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2633 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2634 foundAny = true; 2635 } 2636 } 2637 2638 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2639 } 2640 2641 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2642 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2643 Sema &S) { 2644 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2645 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2646 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2647 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2648 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2649 *Newnullability, 2650 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2651 != 0)) 2652 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2653 *Oldnullability, 2654 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2655 != 0)); 2656 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2657 } 2658 } else { 2659 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2660 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2661 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2662 NewT, NewT); 2663 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2664 } 2665 } 2666 } 2667 2668 namespace { 2669 2670 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2671 /// C. 2672 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2673 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2674 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2675 QualType PromotedType; 2676 }; 2677 2678 } // end anonymous namespace 2679 2680 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2681 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2682 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2683 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2684 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2685 2686 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2687 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2688 2689 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2690 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2691 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2692 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2693 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2694 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2695 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2696 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2697 } 2698 2699 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2700 } 2701 2702 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2703 // declaration, or a declaration. 2704 template <typename T> 2705 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2706 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2707 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2708 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2709 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2710 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2711 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2712 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2713 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2714 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2715 } else 2716 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2717 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2718 } 2719 2720 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2721 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2722 /// GNU89 mode. 2723 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2724 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2725 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2726 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2727 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2728 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2729 } 2730 2731 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2732 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2733 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2734 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2735 return AT; 2736 } 2737 2738 template <typename T> 2739 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2740 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2741 if (DC->isRecord()) 2742 return false; 2743 2744 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2745 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2746 return true; 2747 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2748 return true; 2749 return false; 2750 } 2751 2752 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2753 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2754 2755 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2756 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2757 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2758 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2759 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2760 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2761 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2762 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2763 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2764 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2765 // and function templates; or 2766 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2767 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2768 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2769 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2770 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2771 2772 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2773 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2774 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2775 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2776 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2777 2778 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2779 if (Old && 2780 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2781 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2782 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2783 Old = nullptr; 2784 2785 if (!Old) { 2786 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2787 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2788 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2789 return true; 2790 } 2791 return false; 2792 } 2793 2794 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2795 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2796 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2797 2798 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2799 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2800 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2801 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2802 return true; 2803 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2804 }; 2805 2806 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2807 } 2808 2809 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2810 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2811 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2812 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2813 /// 2814 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2815 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2816 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2817 /// merged with. 2818 /// 2819 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2820 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2821 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2822 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2823 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2824 if (!Old) { 2825 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2826 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2827 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2828 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2829 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2830 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2831 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2832 return true; 2833 } 2834 2835 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2836 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2837 return true; 2838 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2839 } else { 2840 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2841 << New->getDeclName(); 2842 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2843 return true; 2844 } 2845 } 2846 2847 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2848 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2849 return true; 2850 2851 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2852 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2853 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2854 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2855 2856 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2857 // is an extern inline function. 2858 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2859 // storage classes. 2860 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2861 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2862 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2863 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2864 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2865 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2867 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2868 } else { 2869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2870 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2871 return true; 2872 } 2873 } 2874 2875 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2876 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2878 << New->getDeclName(); 2879 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2880 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2881 } 2882 2883 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2884 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2885 // convention of the first. 2886 // 2887 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2888 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2889 // 2890 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2891 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2892 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2893 // 2894 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2895 // other tests to run. 2896 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2897 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2898 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2899 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2900 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2901 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2902 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2903 2904 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2905 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2906 const FunctionType *FT = 2907 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2908 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2909 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2910 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2911 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2912 // there but not here. 2913 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2914 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2915 } else { 2916 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2917 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2918 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2919 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2920 << !FirstCCExplicit 2921 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2922 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2923 2924 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2925 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2926 return true; 2927 } 2928 } 2929 2930 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2931 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2932 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2933 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2934 } 2935 2936 // Merge regparm attribute. 2937 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2938 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2939 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2941 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2942 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2943 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2944 return true; 2945 } 2946 2947 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2948 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2949 } 2950 2951 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2952 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2953 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2954 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2955 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2956 return true; 2957 } 2958 2959 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2960 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2961 } 2962 2963 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 2964 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 2965 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 2966 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 2967 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 2968 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 2969 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2970 return true; 2971 } 2972 2973 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 2974 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2975 } 2976 2977 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2978 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2979 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2980 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2981 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2982 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2983 } 2984 2985 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2986 // UndefinedButUsed. 2987 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2988 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2989 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2990 Old->isUsed(false) && 2991 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2992 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2993 SourceLocation())); 2994 2995 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2996 // about it. 2997 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2998 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2999 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3000 } 3001 3002 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3003 // redeclaration. 3004 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3005 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3006 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3007 << New->getDeclName(); 3008 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3009 return true; 3010 } 3011 3012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3013 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3014 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3015 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3016 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3017 3018 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3019 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3020 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3021 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3022 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3023 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3024 return true; 3025 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3026 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3027 3028 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3029 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3030 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3031 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3032 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3033 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3034 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3035 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3036 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3037 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3038 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3039 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3040 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3041 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3042 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3043 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3044 QualType ResQT; 3045 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3046 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3047 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3048 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3049 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3051 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3052 else 3053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3054 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3055 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3056 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3057 return true; 3058 } 3059 else 3060 NewQType = ResQT; 3061 } 3062 3063 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3064 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3065 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3066 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3067 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3068 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3069 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3070 New->setType( 3071 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3072 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3073 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3074 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3075 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3076 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3077 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3078 } 3079 } 3080 3081 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3082 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3083 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3084 // Preserve triviality. 3085 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3086 3087 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3088 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3089 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3090 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3091 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3092 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3093 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3094 3095 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3096 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3097 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3098 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3099 // is a static member function declaration. 3100 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3102 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3103 return true; 3104 } 3105 3106 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3107 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3108 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3109 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3110 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3111 unsigned NewDiag; 3112 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3113 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3114 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3115 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3116 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3117 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3118 else 3119 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3120 3121 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3122 } else { 3123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3124 << New << New->getType(); 3125 } 3126 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3127 return true; 3128 3129 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3130 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3131 // 3132 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3133 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3134 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3135 if (isFriend) { 3136 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3137 } else { 3138 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3139 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3140 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3141 return true; 3142 } 3143 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3144 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3145 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3146 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3147 return true; 3148 } 3149 } 3150 3151 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3152 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3153 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3154 // attribute. 3155 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3156 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3157 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3158 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3159 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3160 } 3161 3162 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3163 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3164 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3165 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3166 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3167 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3168 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3169 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3170 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3171 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3172 } 3173 3174 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3175 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3176 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3177 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3178 3179 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3180 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3181 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3182 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3183 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3184 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3185 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3186 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3187 } 3188 3189 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3190 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3191 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3192 // 3193 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3194 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3195 // linkage within class scope. 3196 // 3197 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3198 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3200 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3201 } else { 3202 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3203 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3204 return true; 3205 } 3206 } 3207 3208 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3209 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3210 3211 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3212 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3213 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3214 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3215 // when we instantiate the function. 3216 return false; 3217 } 3218 3219 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3220 } 3221 3222 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3223 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3224 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3225 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3226 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3227 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3228 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3229 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3230 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3231 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3232 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3233 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3234 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3235 NewQType = 3236 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3237 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3238 New->setType(NewQType); 3239 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3240 3241 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3242 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3243 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3244 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3245 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3246 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3247 SC_None, nullptr); 3248 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3249 Param->setImplicit(); 3250 Params.push_back(Param); 3251 } 3252 3253 New->setParams(Params); 3254 } 3255 3256 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3257 } 3258 3259 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3260 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3261 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3262 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3263 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3264 // the prototype. 3265 // 3266 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3267 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3268 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3269 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3270 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3271 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3272 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3273 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3274 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3275 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3276 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3277 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3278 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3279 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3280 3281 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3282 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3283 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3284 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3285 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3286 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3287 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3288 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3289 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3290 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3291 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3292 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3293 NewParm->getType(), 3294 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3295 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3296 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3297 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3298 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3299 } else 3300 LooseCompatible = false; 3301 } 3302 3303 if (LooseCompatible) { 3304 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3305 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3306 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3307 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3308 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3309 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3310 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3311 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3312 } 3313 3314 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3315 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3316 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3317 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3318 } 3319 3320 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3321 } 3322 3323 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3324 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3325 3326 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3327 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3328 unsigned BuiltinID; 3329 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3330 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3331 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3332 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3333 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3334 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3335 << Old << Old->getType(); 3336 3337 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3338 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3339 // 3340 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3341 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3342 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3343 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3344 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3345 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3346 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3347 3348 return false; 3349 } 3350 3351 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3352 } 3353 3354 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3355 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3356 return true; 3357 } 3358 3359 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3360 /// known to be compatible. 3361 /// 3362 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3363 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3364 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3365 /// redeclaration of Old. 3366 /// 3367 /// \returns false 3368 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3369 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3370 // Merge the attributes 3371 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3372 3373 // Merge "pure" flag. 3374 if (Old->isPure()) 3375 New->setPure(); 3376 3377 // Merge "used" flag. 3378 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3379 New->setIsUsed(); 3380 3381 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3382 // declarations. 3383 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3384 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3385 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3386 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3387 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3388 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3389 } 3390 3391 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3392 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3393 3394 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3395 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3396 // was visible. 3397 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3398 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3399 New->setType(Merged); 3400 3401 return false; 3402 } 3403 3404 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3405 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3406 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3407 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3408 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3409 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3410 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3411 : AMK_Override; 3412 3413 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3414 3415 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3416 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3417 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3418 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3419 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3420 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3421 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3422 3423 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3424 } 3425 3426 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3427 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3428 3429 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3430 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3431 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3432 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3433 3434 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3435 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3436 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3437 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3438 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3439 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3440 } 3441 3442 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3443 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3444 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3445 /// 3446 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3447 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3448 /// is attached. 3449 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3450 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3451 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3452 return; 3453 3454 QualType MergedT; 3455 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3456 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3457 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3458 return; 3459 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3460 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3461 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3462 } 3463 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3464 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3465 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3466 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3467 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3468 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3469 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3470 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3471 3472 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3473 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3474 // mismatch. 3475 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3476 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3477 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3478 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3479 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3480 continue; 3481 3482 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3483 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3484 } 3485 } 3486 3487 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3488 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3489 NewArray->getElementType())) 3490 MergedT = New->getType(); 3491 } 3492 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3493 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3494 // visible. 3495 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3496 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3497 NewArray->getElementType())) 3498 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3499 } 3500 } 3501 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3502 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3503 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3504 Old->getType()); 3505 } 3506 } else { 3507 // C 6.2.7p2: 3508 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3509 // compatible type. 3510 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3511 } 3512 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3513 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3514 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3515 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3516 // equivalent. 3517 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3518 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3519 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3520 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3521 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3522 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3523 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3524 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3525 return; 3526 } 3527 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3528 } 3529 3530 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3531 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3532 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3533 New->setType(MergedT); 3534 } 3535 3536 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3537 LookupResult &Previous) { 3538 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3539 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3540 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3541 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3542 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3543 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3544 // 3545 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3546 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3547 return false; 3548 3549 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3550 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3551 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3552 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3553 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3554 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3555 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3556 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3557 } else { 3558 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3559 // type unless we're in the same function. 3560 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3561 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3562 } 3563 } 3564 3565 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3566 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3567 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3568 /// 3569 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3570 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3571 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3572 /// 3573 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3574 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3575 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3576 return; 3577 3578 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3579 return; 3580 3581 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3582 3583 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3584 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3585 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3586 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3587 if (NewTemplate) { 3588 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3589 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3590 3591 if (auto *Shadow = 3592 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3593 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3594 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3595 } else { 3596 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3597 3598 if (auto *Shadow = 3599 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3600 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3601 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3602 } 3603 } 3604 if (!Old) { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3606 << New->getDeclName(); 3607 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3608 diag::note_previous_definition); 3609 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3610 } 3611 3612 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3613 if (NewTemplate && 3614 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3615 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3616 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3617 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3618 3619 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3620 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3621 // 3622 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3623 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3625 << New->getIdentifier(); 3626 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3627 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3628 } 3629 3630 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3631 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3632 // declaration 3633 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3634 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3635 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3636 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3637 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3638 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3639 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3640 } 3641 3642 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3643 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3644 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3645 << New->getDeclName(); 3646 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3647 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3648 } 3649 3650 // Merge the types. 3651 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3652 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3653 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3654 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3655 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3656 return; 3657 } 3658 3659 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3660 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3661 return; 3662 3663 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3664 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3665 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3666 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3667 3668 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3669 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3670 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3671 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3672 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3674 << New->getDeclName(); 3675 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3676 } else { 3677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3678 << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 } 3682 } 3683 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3684 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3685 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3686 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3687 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3688 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3689 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3690 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3691 // identifier has external linkage. 3692 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3693 /* Okay */; 3694 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3695 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3696 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3697 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3698 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3699 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3700 } 3701 3702 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3703 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3704 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3706 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 } 3709 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3710 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3711 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3712 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3713 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3714 } 3715 3716 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3717 3718 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3719 // need to check for mismatches. 3720 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3721 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3722 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3723 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3725 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3726 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3727 } 3728 3729 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3730 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3731 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3732 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3733 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3735 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3736 } 3737 } 3738 3739 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3740 // UndefinedButUsed. 3741 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3742 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3743 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3744 SourceLocation())); 3745 3746 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3747 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3749 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3750 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3751 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3752 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3753 } else { 3754 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3755 // static and dynamic initialization. 3756 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3757 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3758 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3759 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3760 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3761 } 3762 } 3763 3764 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3766 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3767 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3768 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3769 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3770 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3771 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3772 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3773 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3774 return; 3775 } 3776 } 3777 3778 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3780 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3781 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3782 return; 3783 } 3784 3785 // Merge "used" flag. 3786 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3787 New->setIsUsed(); 3788 3789 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3790 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3791 if (NewTemplate) 3792 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3793 3794 // Inherit access appropriately. 3795 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3796 if (NewTemplate) 3797 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3798 3799 if (Old->isInline()) 3800 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3801 } 3802 3803 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3804 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3805 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3806 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3807 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3808 New->isInline() || 3809 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3810 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3811 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3812 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3813 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3814 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3815 3816 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3817 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3818 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3819 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3820 return false; 3821 } else { 3822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3823 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3824 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3825 return true; 3826 } 3827 } 3828 3829 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3830 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3831 Decl * 3832 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3833 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3834 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3835 AnonRecord); 3836 } 3837 3838 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3839 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3840 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3841 // compatibility. 3842 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3843 // targeted. 3844 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3845 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3846 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3847 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3848 } 3849 3850 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3851 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3852 return; 3853 3854 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3855 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3856 // it is anonymous. 3857 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3858 return; 3859 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3860 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3861 Context.setManglingNumber( 3862 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3863 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3864 return; 3865 } 3866 3867 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3868 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3869 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3870 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3871 Context.setManglingNumber( 3872 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3873 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3874 } 3875 } 3876 3877 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3878 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3879 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3880 return; 3881 3882 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3883 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3884 return; 3885 3886 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3887 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3888 3889 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3890 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3891 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3893 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3894 return; 3895 } 3896 3897 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3898 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3899 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3900 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3901 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3902 // for how to handle it. 3903 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3904 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3905 3906 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3907 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3908 3909 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3910 textToInsert += ' '; 3911 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3912 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3913 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3914 return; 3915 } 3916 3917 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3918 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3919 } 3920 3921 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3922 switch (T) { 3923 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3924 return 0; 3925 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3926 return 1; 3927 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3928 return 2; 3929 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3930 return 3; 3931 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3932 return 4; 3933 default: 3934 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3935 } 3936 } 3937 3938 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3939 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3940 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3941 Decl * 3942 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3943 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3944 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3945 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3946 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3947 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3948 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3949 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3950 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3951 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3952 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3953 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3954 3955 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3956 return nullptr; 3957 3958 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3959 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3960 // it's a Type. 3961 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3962 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3963 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3964 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3965 } 3966 3967 if (Tag) { 3968 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3969 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3970 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3971 return Tag; 3972 } 3973 3974 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3975 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3976 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3977 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3978 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3979 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3980 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3981 } 3982 3983 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3984 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3985 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3986 3987 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3988 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3989 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3990 if (Tag) 3991 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3992 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3993 else 3994 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3995 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3996 return TagD; 3997 } 3998 3999 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4000 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4001 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4002 // its initializer. 4003 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4004 return TagD; 4005 } 4006 4007 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4008 4009 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4010 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4011 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4012 if (TagD && !Tag) 4013 return nullptr; 4014 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4015 } 4016 4017 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4018 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4019 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4020 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4021 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4022 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4023 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4024 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4025 // or an explicit specialization. 4026 // 4027 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4028 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4029 // 4030 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4031 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4032 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4033 return nullptr; 4034 } 4035 4036 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4037 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4038 4039 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4040 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4041 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4042 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4044 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4045 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4046 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4047 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4048 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4049 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4050 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4051 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4052 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4053 AnonRecord = Record; 4054 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4055 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4056 } 4057 4058 DeclaresAnything = false; 4059 } 4060 } 4061 4062 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4063 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4064 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4065 // 4066 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4067 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4068 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4069 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4070 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4071 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4072 // struct STRUCT; 4073 // union UNION; 4074 // and 4075 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4076 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4077 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4078 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4079 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4080 if (Tag) 4081 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4082 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4083 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4084 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4085 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4086 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4087 4088 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4089 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4090 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4091 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4092 } 4093 4094 DeclaresAnything = false; 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4099 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4100 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4101 return TagD; 4102 4103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4104 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4105 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4106 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4107 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4108 DeclaresAnything = false; 4109 4110 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4111 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4112 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4113 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4114 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4115 else 4116 DeclaresAnything = false; 4117 } 4118 4119 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4120 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4121 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4122 << Tag->getTagKind() 4123 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4124 4125 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4126 4127 // C 6.7/2: 4128 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4129 // or the members of an enumeration. 4130 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4131 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4132 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4133 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4134 // previous declaration. 4135 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4136 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4137 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4138 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4139 return TagD; 4140 } 4141 4142 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4143 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4144 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4145 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4146 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4147 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4148 // 4149 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4150 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4152 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4153 4154 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4155 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4156 // useless. 4157 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4158 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4159 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4160 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4161 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4162 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4163 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4164 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4165 } 4166 4167 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4168 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4169 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4170 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4171 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4172 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4173 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4174 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4175 // Restrict is covered above. 4176 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4177 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4178 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4179 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4180 } 4181 4182 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4183 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4184 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4185 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4186 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4187 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4188 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4189 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4190 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4191 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4192 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4193 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4194 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4195 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4196 } 4197 } 4198 4199 return TagD; 4200 } 4201 4202 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4203 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4204 /// 4205 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4206 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4207 Scope *S, 4208 DeclContext *Owner, 4209 DeclarationName Name, 4210 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4211 bool IsUnion) { 4212 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4213 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4214 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4215 4216 // Pick a representative declaration. 4217 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4218 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4219 4220 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4221 return false; 4222 4223 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4224 << IsUnion << Name; 4225 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4226 4227 return true; 4228 } 4229 4230 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4231 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4232 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4233 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4234 /// struct, e.g., 4235 /// 4236 /// @code 4237 /// union { 4238 /// int i; 4239 /// float f; 4240 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4241 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4242 /// @endcode 4243 /// 4244 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4245 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4246 static bool 4247 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4248 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4249 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4250 bool Invalid = false; 4251 4252 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4253 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4254 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4255 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4256 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4257 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4258 VD->getLocation(), 4259 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4260 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4261 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4262 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4263 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4264 Invalid = true; 4265 } else { 4266 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4267 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4268 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4269 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4270 // anonymous union is declared. 4271 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4272 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4273 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4274 else 4275 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4276 4277 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4278 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4279 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4280 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4281 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4282 4283 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4284 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4285 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4286 4287 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4288 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4289 4290 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4291 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4292 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4293 4294 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4295 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4296 4297 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4298 } 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 return Invalid; 4303 } 4304 4305 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4306 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4307 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4308 static StorageClass 4309 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4310 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4311 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4312 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4313 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4314 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4315 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4316 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4317 return SC_None; 4318 return SC_Extern; 4319 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4320 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4321 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4322 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4323 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4324 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4325 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4326 } 4327 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4328 } 4329 4330 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4331 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4332 4333 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4334 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4335 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4336 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4337 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4338 return FD->getLocation(); 4339 } 4340 4341 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4342 } 4343 4344 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4345 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4346 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4347 return; 4348 4349 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4350 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4351 } 4352 4353 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4354 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4355 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4356 return; 4357 4358 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4359 } 4360 4361 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4362 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4363 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4364 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4365 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4366 AccessSpecifier AS, 4367 RecordDecl *Record, 4368 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4369 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4370 4371 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4372 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4373 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4374 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4375 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4376 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4377 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4378 4379 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4380 // structs/unions. 4381 bool Invalid = false; 4382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4383 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4384 unsigned DiagID; 4385 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4386 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4387 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4388 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4389 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4390 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4391 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4392 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4393 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4394 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4395 4396 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4397 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4398 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4399 } 4400 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4401 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4402 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4403 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4404 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4405 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4406 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4407 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4408 4409 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4410 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4411 SourceLocation(), 4412 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4413 } 4414 } 4415 4416 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4417 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4418 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4419 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4420 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4422 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4423 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4424 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4425 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4427 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4428 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4429 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4430 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4431 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4432 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4433 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4434 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4435 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4436 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4437 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4438 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4439 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4440 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4441 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4442 4443 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4444 } 4445 4446 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4447 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4448 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4449 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4450 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4451 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4452 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4453 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4454 // members (clause 11). 4455 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4456 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4457 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4458 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4459 Invalid = true; 4460 } 4461 4462 // C++ [class.union]p1 4463 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4464 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4465 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4466 // array of such objects. 4467 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4468 Invalid = true; 4469 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4470 // Any implicit members are fine. 4471 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4472 // This is a type that showed up in an 4473 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4474 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4475 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4476 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4477 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4478 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4479 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4480 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4481 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4482 << Record->isUnion(); 4483 else { 4484 // This is a nested type declaration. 4485 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4486 << Record->isUnion(); 4487 Invalid = true; 4488 } 4489 } else { 4490 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4491 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4492 // not part of standard C++. 4493 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4494 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4495 << Record->isUnion(); 4496 } 4497 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4498 // Any access specifier is fine. 4499 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4500 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4501 } else { 4502 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4503 // member. Complain about it. 4504 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4505 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4506 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4507 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4508 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4509 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4510 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4511 4512 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4513 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4514 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4515 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4516 << Record->isUnion(); 4517 else { 4518 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4519 Invalid = true; 4520 } 4521 } 4522 } 4523 4524 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4525 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4526 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4527 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4528 Owner->isRecord()) 4529 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4530 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4531 } 4532 4533 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4534 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4535 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4536 Invalid = true; 4537 } 4538 4539 // Mock up a declarator. 4540 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4541 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4542 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4543 4544 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4545 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4546 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4547 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4548 DS.getLocStart(), 4549 Record->getLocation(), 4550 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4551 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4552 TInfo, 4553 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4554 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4555 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4557 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4558 } else { 4559 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4560 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4561 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4562 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4563 // an error here 4564 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4565 Invalid = true; 4566 SC = SC_None; 4567 } 4568 4569 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4570 DS.getLocStart(), 4571 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4572 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4573 TInfo, SC); 4574 4575 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4576 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4577 // initializer: 4578 // union { int n = 0; }; 4579 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4580 } 4581 Anon->setImplicit(); 4582 4583 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4584 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4585 4586 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4587 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4588 // its members. 4589 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4590 4591 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4592 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4593 // purposes. 4594 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4595 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4596 4597 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4598 Invalid = true; 4599 4600 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4602 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4603 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4604 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4605 Context.setManglingNumber( 4606 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4607 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4608 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4609 } 4610 } 4611 } 4612 4613 if (Invalid) 4614 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4615 4616 return Anon; 4617 } 4618 4619 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4620 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4621 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4622 /// Example: 4623 /// 4624 /// struct A { int a; }; 4625 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4626 /// 4627 /// void foo() { 4628 /// B var; 4629 /// var.a = 3; 4630 /// } 4631 /// 4632 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4633 RecordDecl *Record) { 4634 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4635 4636 // Mock up a declarator. 4637 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4639 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4640 4641 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4642 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4643 4644 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4645 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4646 ParentDecl, 4647 DS.getLocStart(), 4648 DS.getLocStart(), 4649 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4650 RecTy, 4651 TInfo, 4652 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4653 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4654 Anon->setImplicit(); 4655 4656 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4657 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4658 4659 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4660 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4661 // purposes. 4662 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4663 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4664 4665 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4666 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4667 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4668 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4669 AS_none, Chain)) { 4670 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4671 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4672 } 4673 4674 return Anon; 4675 } 4676 4677 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4678 /// given Declarator. 4679 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4680 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4681 } 4682 4683 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4684 DeclarationNameInfo 4685 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4686 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4687 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4688 4689 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4690 4691 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4692 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4693 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4694 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4695 return NameInfo; 4696 4697 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4698 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4699 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4700 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4701 // of the simple-template-id. 4702 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4703 // class template. 4704 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4705 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4706 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4707 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4708 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4709 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4710 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4711 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4712 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4713 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4714 if (Template) 4715 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4716 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4717 } 4718 4719 NameInfo.setName( 4720 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4721 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4722 return NameInfo; 4723 } 4724 4725 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4726 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4727 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4728 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4729 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4730 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4731 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4732 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4733 return NameInfo; 4734 4735 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4736 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4737 Name.Identifier)); 4738 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4739 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4740 return NameInfo; 4741 4742 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4743 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4744 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4745 if (Ty.isNull()) 4746 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4747 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4748 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4749 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4750 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4751 return NameInfo; 4752 } 4753 4754 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4755 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4756 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4757 if (Ty.isNull()) 4758 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4759 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4760 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4761 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4762 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4763 return NameInfo; 4764 } 4765 4766 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4767 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4768 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4769 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4770 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4771 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4772 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4773 4774 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4775 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4776 4777 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4778 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4779 // was qualified. 4780 4781 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4782 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4783 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4784 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4785 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4786 return NameInfo; 4787 } 4788 4789 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4790 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4791 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4792 if (Ty.isNull()) 4793 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4794 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4795 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4796 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4797 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4798 return NameInfo; 4799 } 4800 4801 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4802 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4803 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4804 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4805 } 4806 4807 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4808 4809 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4810 } 4811 4812 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4813 do { 4814 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4815 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4816 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4817 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4818 else 4819 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4820 } while (true); 4821 } 4822 4823 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4824 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4825 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4826 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4827 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4828 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4829 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4830 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4831 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4832 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4833 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4834 Params.clear(); 4835 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4836 return false; 4837 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4838 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4839 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4840 4841 // The parameter types are identical 4842 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4843 continue; 4844 4845 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4846 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4847 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4848 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4849 4850 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4851 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4852 Params.push_back(Idx); 4853 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4854 return false; 4855 } 4856 4857 return true; 4858 } 4859 4860 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4861 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4862 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4863 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4864 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4865 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4866 DeclarationName Name) { 4867 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4868 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4869 // - types which will become injected class names 4870 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4871 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4872 // few cases here. 4873 4874 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4875 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4876 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4877 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4878 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4879 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4880 // Grab the type from the parser. 4881 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4882 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4883 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4884 4885 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4886 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4887 // attached already. 4888 if (!TSI) 4889 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4890 4891 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4892 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4893 if (!TSI) return true; 4894 4895 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4896 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4897 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4898 break; 4899 } 4900 4901 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4902 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4903 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4904 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4905 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4906 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4907 break; 4908 } 4909 4910 default: 4911 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4912 break; 4913 } 4914 4915 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4916 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4917 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4918 4919 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4920 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4921 // pointer. 4922 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4923 continue; 4924 4925 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4926 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4927 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4928 return true; 4929 } 4930 4931 return false; 4932 } 4933 4934 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4935 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4936 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4937 4938 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4939 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4940 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4941 4942 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4943 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4944 4945 return Dcl; 4946 } 4947 4948 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4949 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4950 /// name different from T: 4951 /// - every static data member of class T; 4952 /// - every member function of class T 4953 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4954 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4955 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4956 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4957 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4958 4959 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4960 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4961 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4962 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4963 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4964 return true; 4965 } 4966 4967 return false; 4968 } 4969 4970 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4971 /// nested-name-specifier. 4972 /// 4973 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4974 /// 4975 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4976 /// resolves. 4977 /// 4978 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4979 /// 4980 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4981 /// 4982 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4983 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4984 DeclarationName Name, 4985 SourceLocation Loc) { 4986 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4987 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4988 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4989 4990 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4991 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4992 // 4993 // class X { 4994 // void X::f(); 4995 // }; 4996 // 4997 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4998 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4999 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5000 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5001 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5002 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5003 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5004 SS.clear(); 5005 } else { 5006 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5007 } 5008 return false; 5009 } 5010 5011 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5012 // declaration. 5013 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5014 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5015 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5016 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5017 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5018 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5019 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5020 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5022 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5023 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5024 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5025 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5026 else 5027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5028 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5029 5030 return true; 5031 } 5032 5033 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5034 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5036 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5037 SS.clear(); 5038 5039 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5040 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5041 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5042 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5043 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5044 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5045 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5046 return true; 5047 5048 return false; 5049 } 5050 5051 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5052 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5053 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5054 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5055 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5056 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5057 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5058 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5060 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5061 5062 return false; 5063 } 5064 5065 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5066 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5067 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5068 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5069 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5070 5071 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5072 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5073 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5074 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5075 } else if (!Name) { 5076 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5077 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5078 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5079 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5080 return nullptr; 5081 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5082 return nullptr; 5083 5084 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5085 // we find one that is. 5086 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5087 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5088 S = S->getParent(); 5089 5090 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5091 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5092 D.setInvalidType(); 5093 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5094 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5095 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5096 return nullptr; 5097 5098 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5099 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5100 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5101 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5102 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5103 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5104 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5105 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5106 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5107 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5108 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5109 return nullptr; 5110 } 5111 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5112 5113 if (!IsDependentContext && 5114 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5115 return nullptr; 5116 5117 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5118 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5119 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5120 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5121 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5122 return nullptr; 5123 } 5124 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5125 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5126 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5127 if (DC->isRecord()) 5128 return nullptr; 5129 5130 D.setInvalidType(); 5131 } 5132 } 5133 5134 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5135 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5136 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5137 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5138 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5139 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5140 D.setInvalidType(); 5141 } 5142 } 5143 5144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5145 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5146 5147 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5148 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5149 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5150 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5151 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5152 return nullptr; 5153 5154 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5155 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5156 D.setInvalidType(); 5157 5158 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5159 ForRedeclaration); 5160 5161 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5162 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5163 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5164 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5165 5166 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5167 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5168 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5169 // 5170 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5171 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5172 // the same name. 5173 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5174 /* Do nothing*/; 5175 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5176 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5177 R->isFunctionType())) { 5178 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5179 CreateBuiltins = 5180 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5181 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5182 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5183 CreateBuiltins = true; 5184 5185 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5186 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5187 5188 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5189 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5190 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5191 5192 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5193 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5194 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5195 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5196 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5197 // thereof; [...] 5198 // 5199 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5200 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5201 // we want to match. For example, given: 5202 // 5203 // class X { 5204 // void f(); 5205 // void f(float); 5206 // }; 5207 // 5208 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5209 // 5210 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5211 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5212 // matches. 5213 5214 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5215 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5216 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5217 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5218 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5219 } 5220 5221 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5222 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5223 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5224 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5225 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5226 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5227 5228 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5229 Previous.clear(); 5230 } 5231 5232 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5233 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5234 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5235 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5236 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5237 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5238 Previous.clear(); 5239 5240 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5241 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5243 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5244 5245 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5246 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5247 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5248 // template, declared in namespace scope 5249 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5250 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5251 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5252 return nullptr; 5253 } 5254 5255 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5257 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5258 return nullptr; 5259 } 5260 } 5261 5262 NamedDecl *New; 5263 5264 bool AddToScope = true; 5265 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5266 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5267 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5268 return nullptr; 5269 } 5270 5271 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5272 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5273 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5274 TemplateParamLists, 5275 AddToScope); 5276 } else { 5277 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5278 AddToScope); 5279 } 5280 5281 if (!New) 5282 return nullptr; 5283 5284 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5285 // add it to the scope stack. 5286 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5287 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5288 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5289 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5290 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5291 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5292 if (!AddToContext) 5293 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5294 } 5295 5296 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5297 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5298 5299 return New; 5300 } 5301 5302 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5303 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5304 /// GCC compatibility). 5305 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5306 ASTContext &Context, 5307 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5308 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5309 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5310 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5311 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5312 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5313 SizeIsNegative = false; 5314 Oversized = 0; 5315 5316 if (T->isDependentType()) 5317 return QualType(); 5318 5319 QualifierCollector Qs; 5320 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5321 5322 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5323 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5324 QualType FixedType = 5325 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5326 Oversized); 5327 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5328 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5329 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5330 } 5331 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5332 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5333 QualType FixedType = 5334 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5335 Oversized); 5336 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5337 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5338 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5339 } 5340 5341 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5342 if (!VLATy) 5343 return QualType(); 5344 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5345 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5346 return QualType(); 5347 5348 llvm::APSInt Res; 5349 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5350 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5351 return QualType(); 5352 5353 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5354 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5355 SizeIsNegative = true; 5356 return QualType(); 5357 } 5358 5359 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5360 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5361 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5362 Res); 5363 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5364 Oversized = Res; 5365 return QualType(); 5366 } 5367 5368 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5369 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5370 } 5371 5372 static void 5373 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5374 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5375 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5376 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5377 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5378 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5379 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5380 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5381 return; 5382 } 5383 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5384 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5385 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5386 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5387 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5388 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5389 return; 5390 } 5391 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5392 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5393 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5394 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5395 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5396 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5397 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5398 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5399 } 5400 5401 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5402 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5403 /// GCC compatibility). 5404 static TypeSourceInfo* 5405 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5406 ASTContext &Context, 5407 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5408 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5409 QualType FixedTy 5410 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5411 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5412 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5413 return nullptr; 5414 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5415 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5416 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5417 return FixedTInfo; 5418 } 5419 5420 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5421 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5422 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5423 /// function-scope declarations. 5424 void 5425 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5426 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5427 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5428 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5429 return; 5430 5431 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5432 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5433 } 5434 5435 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5436 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5437 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5438 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5439 } 5440 5441 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5442 /// does not identify a function. 5443 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5444 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5445 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5446 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5447 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5448 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5449 5450 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5451 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5452 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5453 5454 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5455 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5456 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5457 } 5458 5459 NamedDecl* 5460 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5461 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5462 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5463 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5464 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5465 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5466 D.setInvalidType(); 5467 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5468 DC = CurContext; 5469 Previous.clear(); 5470 } 5471 5472 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5473 5474 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5475 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5476 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5477 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5479 << 1; 5480 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5481 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5482 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5483 5484 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5485 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5486 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5487 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5488 << "typedef"; 5489 else 5490 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5491 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5492 return nullptr; 5493 } 5494 5495 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5496 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5497 5498 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5499 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5500 5501 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5502 5503 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5504 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5505 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5506 return ND; 5507 } 5508 5509 void 5510 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5511 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5512 // then it shall have block scope. 5513 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5514 // that redeclarations will match. 5515 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5516 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5517 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5518 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5519 5520 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5521 bool SizeIsNegative; 5522 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5523 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5524 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5525 SizeIsNegative, 5526 Oversized); 5527 if (FixedTInfo) { 5528 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5529 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5530 } else { 5531 if (SizeIsNegative) 5532 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5533 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5534 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5535 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5536 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5537 << Oversized.toString(10); 5538 else 5539 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5540 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5541 } 5542 } 5543 } 5544 } 5545 5546 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5547 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5548 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5549 NamedDecl* 5550 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5551 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5552 5553 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5554 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5555 5556 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5557 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5558 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5559 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5560 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5561 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5562 Redeclaration = true; 5563 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5564 } 5565 5566 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5567 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5568 5569 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5570 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5571 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5572 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5573 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5574 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5575 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5576 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5577 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5578 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5579 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5580 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5581 } 5582 5583 return NewTD; 5584 } 5585 5586 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5587 /// previous declaration. 5588 /// 5589 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5590 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5591 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5592 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5593 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5594 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5595 /// 5596 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5597 /// lookup 5598 /// 5599 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5600 /// declared. 5601 /// 5602 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5603 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5604 static bool 5605 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5606 ASTContext &Context) { 5607 if (!PrevDecl) 5608 return false; 5609 5610 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5611 return false; 5612 5613 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5614 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5615 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5616 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5617 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5618 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5619 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5620 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5621 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5622 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5623 return false; 5624 5625 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5626 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5627 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5628 return false; 5629 5630 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5631 // previous declarations. 5632 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5633 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5634 5635 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5636 // isn't the same function. 5637 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5638 return false; 5639 } 5640 5641 return true; 5642 } 5643 5644 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5645 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5646 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5647 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5648 } 5649 5650 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5651 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5652 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5653 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5654 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5655 unsigned kind = -1U; 5656 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5657 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5658 kind = 0; // __block 5659 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5660 kind = 1; // global 5661 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5662 kind = 3; // ivar 5663 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5664 kind = 2; // field 5665 } 5666 5667 if (kind != -1U) { 5668 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5669 << kind; 5670 } 5671 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5672 // Try to infer lifetime. 5673 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5674 return false; 5675 5676 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5677 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5678 decl->setType(type); 5679 } 5680 5681 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5682 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5683 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5684 var->getTLSKind()) { 5685 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5686 << var->getType(); 5687 return true; 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 return false; 5692 } 5693 5694 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5695 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5696 // the wrong linkage. 5697 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5698 5699 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5700 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5701 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5702 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5703 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5704 } 5705 } 5706 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5707 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5708 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5709 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5710 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5711 } 5712 } 5713 5714 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5715 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5716 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5717 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5718 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5719 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5720 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5721 } 5722 } 5723 } 5724 5725 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5726 // It does not apply to functions. 5727 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5728 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5729 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5730 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5731 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5736 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5737 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5738 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5739 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5740 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5741 << &ND << Attr; 5742 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 5746 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5747 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5748 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5749 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5750 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5751 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5752 << Attr; 5753 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5754 } 5755 } 5756 5757 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5758 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5759 bool IsSpecialization, 5760 bool IsDefinition) { 5761 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5762 return; 5763 5764 bool IsTemplate = false; 5765 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5766 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5767 IsTemplate = true; 5768 if (!IsSpecialization) 5769 IsDefinition = false; 5770 } 5771 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5772 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5773 IsTemplate = true; 5774 } 5775 5776 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5777 return; 5778 5779 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5780 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5781 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5782 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5783 5784 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5785 // inherited attribute instances. 5786 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5787 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5788 5789 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5790 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5791 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5792 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5793 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5794 5795 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5796 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5797 bool JustWarn = false; 5798 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5799 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5800 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5801 JustWarn = true; 5802 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5803 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5804 JustWarn = true; 5805 } 5806 5807 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5808 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5809 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5810 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5811 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5812 JustWarn = false; 5813 5814 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5815 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5816 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5817 << NewDecl 5818 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5819 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5820 if (!JustWarn) { 5821 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5822 return; 5823 } 5824 } 5825 5826 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5827 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5828 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5829 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5830 // it were marked dllexport. 5831 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5832 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5833 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5834 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5835 // separately. 5836 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5837 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5838 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5839 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5840 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5841 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5842 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5843 } 5844 5845 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5846 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5847 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5848 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5849 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5850 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5851 << NewDecl; 5852 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5853 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5854 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5855 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5856 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5857 } else { 5858 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5859 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5860 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5861 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5862 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5863 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5864 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5865 } 5866 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5867 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5868 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5869 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5870 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5871 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5872 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5873 } 5874 } 5875 5876 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5877 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5878 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5879 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5880 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5881 5882 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5883 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5884 5885 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5886 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5887 return false; 5888 5889 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5890 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5891 } 5892 5893 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5894 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5895 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5896 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5897 /// 5898 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5899 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5900 /// 5901 /// For instance: 5902 /// 5903 /// auto x = []{}; 5904 /// 5905 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5906 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5907 /// 5908 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5909 template<typename T> 5910 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5911 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5912 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5913 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5914 return false; 5915 5916 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5917 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5918 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5919 return false; 5920 } 5921 return D->isExternC(); 5922 } 5923 5924 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5925 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5926 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5927 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5928 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5929 return true; 5930 if (DC->isRecord()) 5931 return false; 5932 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5933 } 5934 5935 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5936 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5937 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5938 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5939 return true; 5940 if (DC->isRecord()) 5941 return false; 5942 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5943 } 5944 5945 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5946 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5947 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5948 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5949 return true; 5950 return false; 5951 } 5952 5953 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5954 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5955 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5956 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5957 return true; 5958 5959 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5960 // position to the decl itself. 5961 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5962 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5963 return true; 5964 } 5965 5966 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5967 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5968 } 5969 5970 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5971 /// function-local external declaration. 5972 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5973 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5974 return false; 5975 5976 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5977 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5978 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5979 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5980 return true; 5981 5982 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5983 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5984 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5985 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5986 // 5987 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5988 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5989 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5990 DC = DC->getParent(); 5991 return true; 5992 } 5993 5994 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5995 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5996 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5997 return FD->isExternC(); 5998 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5999 return VD->isExternC(); 6000 6001 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6002 } 6003 6004 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6005 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6006 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6007 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6008 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6009 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6010 6011 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6012 6013 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6014 AddToScope = false; 6015 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6016 // purposes. 6017 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6018 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6019 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6020 Name = II; 6021 } 6022 } else if (!II) { 6023 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6024 return nullptr; 6025 } 6026 6027 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6028 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6029 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6030 // argument. 6031 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6032 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6033 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6034 << R; 6035 D.setInvalidType(); 6036 return nullptr; 6037 } 6038 6039 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6040 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6041 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6042 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6043 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6044 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6045 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6046 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6047 D.setInvalidType(); 6048 return nullptr; 6049 } 6050 } 6051 6052 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6053 QualType NR = R; 6054 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6055 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6056 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 6057 D.setInvalidType(); 6058 break; 6059 } 6060 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6061 } 6062 6063 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6064 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6065 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6066 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6067 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6068 D.setInvalidType(); 6069 } 6070 } 6071 6072 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6073 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6074 // space qualifiers. 6075 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6076 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6078 } 6079 6080 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6081 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6082 // address space qualifiers. 6083 if (R->isEventT()) { 6084 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6085 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6086 D.setInvalidType(); 6087 } 6088 } 6089 } 6090 6091 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6092 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6093 6094 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6095 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6096 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6097 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6098 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6099 SC = SC_Extern; 6100 6101 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6102 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6103 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6104 6105 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6106 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6107 // an error here 6108 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6109 D.setInvalidType(); 6110 SC = SC_None; 6111 } 6112 6113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6114 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6115 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6116 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6117 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6118 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6120 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6121 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6122 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6123 } 6124 6125 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6126 6127 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6128 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6129 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6130 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6131 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6132 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6133 D.setInvalidType(); 6134 } 6135 } 6136 6137 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6138 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6139 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6140 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6141 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6142 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6143 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6144 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6145 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6146 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6147 R, TInfo, SC); 6148 6149 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6150 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6151 6152 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6153 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6154 } else { 6155 bool Invalid = false; 6156 6157 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6158 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6159 switch (SC) { 6160 case SC_None: 6161 break; 6162 case SC_Static: 6163 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6164 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6165 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6166 break; 6167 case SC_Auto: 6168 case SC_Register: 6169 case SC_Extern: 6170 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6171 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6172 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6173 // of class members 6174 6175 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6176 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6178 break; 6179 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6180 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6181 } 6182 } 6183 6184 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6185 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6186 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6187 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6188 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6189 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6190 6191 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6192 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6193 if (RD->isUnion()) 6194 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6195 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6196 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6197 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6198 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6199 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6200 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6201 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6202 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6203 } 6204 } 6205 6206 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6207 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6208 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6209 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6210 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6211 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6212 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6213 : nullptr, 6214 TemplateParamLists, 6215 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6216 6217 if (TemplateParams) { 6218 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6219 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6220 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6221 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6222 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6223 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6224 << II 6225 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6226 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6227 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6228 } else { 6229 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6230 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6231 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6232 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6233 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6234 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6235 // This is a template declaration. 6236 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6237 6238 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6239 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6240 return nullptr; 6241 6242 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6243 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6244 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6245 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6246 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6247 } 6248 } 6249 } else { 6250 assert( 6251 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6252 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6253 } 6254 6255 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6256 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6257 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6258 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6259 : SourceLocation(); 6260 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6261 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6262 IsPartialSpecialization); 6263 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6264 return nullptr; 6265 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6266 AddToScope = false; 6267 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6268 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6269 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6270 Bindings); 6271 } else 6272 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6273 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6274 6275 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6276 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6277 NewTemplate = 6278 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6279 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6280 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6281 } 6282 6283 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6284 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6285 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6286 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6287 6288 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6289 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6290 if (NewTemplate) 6291 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6292 } 6293 6294 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6295 6296 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6297 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6298 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6299 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6300 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6301 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6302 6303 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6304 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6305 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6306 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6307 // implicitly an inline variable. 6308 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6309 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6310 } 6311 6312 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6313 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6314 VTD->setConcept(); 6315 6316 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6317 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6318 // specifiers, [...] 6319 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6321 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6322 << 0 << 0; 6323 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6324 } 6325 6326 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6327 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6328 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6329 << 0 << 3; 6330 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6331 } 6332 6333 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6334 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6335 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6336 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6337 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6338 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6339 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6340 } 6341 6342 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6343 // following restrictions: 6344 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6345 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6346 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6349 } 6350 } 6351 } 6352 6353 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6354 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6355 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6356 << 0; 6357 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6358 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6359 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6360 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6361 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6362 } else { 6363 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6364 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6365 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6366 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6367 } 6368 } 6369 6370 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6371 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6372 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6373 if (NewTemplate) 6374 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6375 6376 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6377 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6378 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6379 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6380 else 6381 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6382 } 6383 6384 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6385 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6386 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6387 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6388 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6389 // explicitly. 6390 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6391 // 'extern'. 6392 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6393 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6394 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6395 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6396 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6397 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6398 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6399 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6400 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6401 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6402 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6403 // error should be ignored. 6404 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6405 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6406 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6407 // to emit any code for it. 6408 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6409 } else 6410 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6411 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6412 } else 6413 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6414 } 6415 6416 // C99 6.7.4p3 6417 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6418 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6419 // thread storage duration... 6420 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6421 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6422 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6423 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6424 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6425 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6426 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6427 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6428 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6429 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6430 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6431 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 6435 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6436 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6437 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6438 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6439 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6440 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6441 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6442 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6443 << 2 6444 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6445 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6446 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6447 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6448 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6449 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6450 else { 6451 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6452 if (NewTemplate) 6453 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6454 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6455 B->setModulePrivate(); 6456 } 6457 } 6458 6459 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6460 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6461 6462 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6463 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6465 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6466 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6467 // storage [duration]." 6468 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6469 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6470 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6471 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6472 } 6473 } 6474 6475 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6476 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6477 // check the VarDecl itself. 6478 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6479 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6480 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6481 6482 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6483 // retainable type. 6484 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6485 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6486 6487 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6488 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6489 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6490 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6491 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6492 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6493 switch (SC) { 6494 case SC_None: 6495 case SC_Auto: 6496 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6497 break; 6498 case SC_Register: 6499 // Local Named register 6500 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6501 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6502 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6503 break; 6504 case SC_Static: 6505 case SC_Extern: 6506 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6507 break; 6508 } 6509 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6510 // Global Named register 6511 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6512 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6513 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6514 6515 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6516 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6517 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6518 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6519 HasSizeMismatch)) 6520 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6521 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6522 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6523 } 6524 6525 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6526 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6527 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6528 } 6529 } 6530 6531 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6532 Context, Label, 0)); 6533 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6534 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6535 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6536 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6537 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6538 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6539 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6540 } else 6541 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6542 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6543 } 6544 } 6545 6546 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6547 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6548 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6549 : nullptr; 6550 6551 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6552 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6553 // declaration has linkage). 6554 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6555 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6556 IsMemberSpecialization || 6557 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6558 6559 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6560 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6561 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6562 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6563 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6564 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6565 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6566 6567 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6568 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6569 } else { 6570 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6571 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6572 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6573 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6574 6575 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6576 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6577 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6578 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6579 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6580 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6581 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6582 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6583 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6584 Previous.clear(); 6585 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6586 } 6587 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6588 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6589 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6590 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6591 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6592 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6593 } 6594 6595 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6596 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6597 6598 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6599 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6600 // concept definition. 6601 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6602 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6603 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6604 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6605 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6606 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6607 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6608 << 1 /*variable*/ 6609 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6610 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6611 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6612 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6613 } 6614 } 6615 } 6616 6617 if (NewTemplate) { 6618 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6619 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6620 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6621 : nullptr; 6622 6623 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6624 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6625 // template declaration. 6626 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6627 TemplateParams, 6628 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6629 : nullptr, 6630 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6631 DC->isDependentContext()) 6632 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6633 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6634 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6635 6636 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6637 // template, make a note of that. 6638 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6639 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6640 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6645 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6646 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6647 6648 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6649 6650 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6651 // the map of such variables. 6652 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6653 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6654 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6655 6656 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6657 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6658 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6659 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6660 Context.setManglingNumber( 6661 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6662 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6663 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6668 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6669 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6670 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6671 6672 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6673 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6674 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6675 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6676 6677 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6678 // behavior. 6679 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6680 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6681 } 6682 6683 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6684 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6685 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6686 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6687 } 6688 6689 if (NewTemplate) { 6690 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6691 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6692 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6693 return NewTemplate; 6694 } 6695 6696 return NewVD; 6697 } 6698 6699 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6700 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6701 SDK_Local, 6702 SDK_Global, 6703 SDK_StaticMember, 6704 SDK_Field, 6705 SDK_Typedef, 6706 SDK_Using 6707 }; 6708 6709 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6710 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6711 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6712 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6713 return SDK_Using; 6714 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6715 return SDK_Typedef; 6716 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6717 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6718 6719 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6720 } 6721 6722 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6723 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6724 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6725 const VarDecl *VD) { 6726 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6727 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6728 return Capture.getLocation(); 6729 } 6730 return SourceLocation(); 6731 } 6732 6733 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6734 const LookupResult &R) { 6735 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6736 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6737 return false; 6738 6739 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6740 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6741 } 6742 6743 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6744 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6745 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6746 const LookupResult &R) { 6747 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6748 return nullptr; 6749 6750 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6751 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6752 return nullptr; 6753 6754 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6755 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6756 ? ShadowedDecl 6757 : nullptr; 6758 } 6759 6760 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6761 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6762 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6763 const LookupResult &R) { 6764 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6765 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6766 return nullptr; 6767 6768 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6769 return nullptr; 6770 6771 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6772 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6773 } 6774 6775 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6776 /// -Wshadow. 6777 /// 6778 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6779 /// scope. 6780 /// 6781 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6782 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6783 /// 6784 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6785 const LookupResult &R) { 6786 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6787 6788 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6789 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6790 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6791 if (MD->isStatic()) 6792 return; 6793 6794 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6795 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6796 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6797 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6798 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6799 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6800 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6801 return; 6802 } 6803 } 6804 6805 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6806 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6807 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6808 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6809 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6810 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6811 ShadowedDecl = I; 6812 break; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 6816 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6817 6818 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6819 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6820 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6821 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6822 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6823 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6824 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6825 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6826 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6827 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6828 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6829 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6830 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6831 } else { 6832 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6833 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6834 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6835 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6836 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6837 return; 6838 } 6839 } 6840 } 6841 } 6842 6843 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6844 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6845 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6846 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6847 return; 6848 6849 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6850 // static data members from base classes? 6851 6852 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6853 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6854 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6855 } 6856 6857 6858 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6859 6860 // Emit warning and note. 6861 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6862 return; 6863 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6864 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6865 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6866 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6867 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6868 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6869 } 6870 6871 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6872 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6873 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6874 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6875 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6876 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6877 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6878 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6879 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6880 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6881 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6882 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6883 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6884 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6885 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6886 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6887 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6888 } 6889 } 6890 6891 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6892 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6893 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6894 return; 6895 6896 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6897 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6898 LookupName(R, S); 6899 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6900 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6901 } 6902 6903 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6904 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6905 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6906 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6907 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6908 return; 6909 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6910 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6911 if (!DRE) 6912 return; 6913 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6914 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6915 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6916 return; 6917 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6918 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6920 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6921 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6922 6923 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6924 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6925 } 6926 6927 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6928 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6929 template<typename T> 6930 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6931 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6932 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6933 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6934 6935 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6936 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6937 // declaration. 6938 return false; 6939 } 6940 6941 if (Prev) { 6942 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6943 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6944 // redeclaration. 6945 Previous.clear(); 6946 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6947 return true; 6948 } 6949 6950 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6951 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6952 // declaration. 6953 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6954 return false; 6955 } else { 6956 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6957 // translation unit which might conflict. 6958 if (IsGlobal) { 6959 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6960 IsGlobal = false; 6961 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6962 I != E; ++I) { 6963 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6964 Prev = *I; 6965 break; 6966 } 6967 } 6968 } else { 6969 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6970 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6971 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6972 I != E; ++I) { 6973 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6974 Prev = *I; 6975 break; 6976 } 6977 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6978 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6979 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6980 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6981 // diagnostic. 6982 } 6983 } 6984 6985 if (!Prev) 6986 return false; 6987 } 6988 6989 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6990 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6991 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6992 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6993 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6994 else 6995 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6996 6997 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6998 << IsGlobal << ND; 6999 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7000 << IsGlobal; 7001 return false; 7002 } 7003 7004 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7005 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7006 /// 7007 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7008 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7009 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7010 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7011 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7012 template<typename T> 7013 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7014 LookupResult &Previous) { 7015 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7016 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7017 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7018 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7019 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7020 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7021 Previous.clear(); 7022 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7023 return true; 7024 } 7025 } 7026 return false; 7027 } 7028 7029 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7030 // declaration. 7031 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7032 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7033 7034 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7035 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7036 // in another scope. 7037 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7038 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7039 7040 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7041 return false; 7042 } 7043 7044 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7045 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7046 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7047 return; 7048 7049 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7050 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7051 7052 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7053 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7054 return; 7055 7056 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7057 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7058 7059 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7060 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7061 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7062 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7063 NewVD->setType(T); 7064 } 7065 7066 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7067 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7068 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7069 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7070 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7071 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 7073 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7074 return; 7075 } 7076 7077 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7078 // scope. 7079 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7080 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7081 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7082 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7083 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7084 return; 7085 } 7086 7087 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7088 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7089 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7091 return; 7092 } 7093 7094 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7095 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7096 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7097 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7098 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7099 << 0 /*const*/; 7100 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7101 return; 7102 } 7103 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7104 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7105 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7106 return; 7107 } 7108 } 7109 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7110 // __constant address space. 7111 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7112 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7113 // address space. 7114 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7115 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7116 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7117 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7118 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7119 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7120 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7121 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7122 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7123 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7124 else 7125 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7126 << Scope << "constant"; 7127 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7128 return; 7129 } 7130 } else { 7131 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7132 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7133 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7134 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7135 return; 7136 } 7137 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7138 // in functions. 7139 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7140 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7141 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7142 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7143 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7144 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7145 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7146 else 7147 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7148 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7149 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7150 return; 7151 } 7152 } 7153 } 7154 } 7155 7156 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7157 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7158 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7159 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7160 else { 7161 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7162 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7163 } 7164 } 7165 7166 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7167 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7168 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7169 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7170 7171 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7172 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7173 bool SizeIsNegative; 7174 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7175 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7176 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7177 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7178 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7179 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7180 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7181 // int a[10][n]; 7182 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7183 7184 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7185 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7186 << SizeRange; 7187 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7188 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7189 << SizeRange; 7190 else 7191 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7192 << SizeRange; 7193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7194 return; 7195 } 7196 7197 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7198 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7199 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7200 else 7201 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7202 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7203 return; 7204 } 7205 7206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7207 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7208 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7209 } 7210 7211 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7212 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7213 // of objects and functions. 7214 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7215 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7216 << T; 7217 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7218 return; 7219 } 7220 } 7221 7222 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7223 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7224 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7225 return; 7226 } 7227 7228 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7229 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7230 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7231 return; 7232 } 7233 7234 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7235 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7236 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7237 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7238 return; 7239 } 7240 } 7241 7242 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7243 /// declaration. 7244 /// 7245 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7246 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7247 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7248 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7249 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7250 /// 7251 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7252 /// 7253 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7254 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7255 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7256 7257 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7258 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7259 return false; 7260 7261 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7262 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7263 if (Previous.empty() && 7264 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7265 Previous.setShadowed(); 7266 7267 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7268 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7269 return true; 7270 } 7271 return false; 7272 } 7273 7274 namespace { 7275 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7276 Sema *S; 7277 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7278 7279 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7280 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7281 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7282 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7283 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7284 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7285 7286 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7287 7288 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7289 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7290 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7291 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7292 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7293 7294 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7295 } 7296 7297 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7298 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7299 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7300 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7301 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7302 return true; 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 return false; 7307 } 7308 }; 7309 7310 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7311 } // end anonymous namespace 7312 7313 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7314 /// overriden methods. 7315 /// 7316 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7317 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7318 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7319 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7320 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7321 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7322 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7323 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7324 I != E; ++I) { 7325 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7326 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7327 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7328 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7329 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7330 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7331 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 7335 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7336 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7337 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7338 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7339 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7340 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7341 FOM.Method = MD; 7342 FOM.S = this; 7343 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7344 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7345 bool AddedAny = false; 7346 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7347 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7348 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7349 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7350 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7351 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7352 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7353 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7354 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7355 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7356 AddedAny = true; 7357 } 7358 } 7359 } 7360 } 7361 7362 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7363 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7364 } 7365 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7366 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7367 } 7368 7369 return AddedAny; 7370 } 7371 7372 namespace { 7373 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7374 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7375 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7376 Scope *S; 7377 Declarator &D; 7378 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7379 bool AddToScope; 7380 }; 7381 } // end anonymous namespace 7382 7383 namespace { 7384 7385 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7386 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7387 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7388 public: 7389 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7390 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7391 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7392 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7393 7394 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7395 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7396 return false; 7397 7398 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7399 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7400 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7401 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7402 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7403 7404 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7405 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7406 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7407 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7408 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7409 return true; 7410 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7411 return true; 7412 } 7413 } 7414 } 7415 7416 return false; 7417 } 7418 7419 private: 7420 ASTContext &Context; 7421 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7422 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7423 }; 7424 7425 } // end anonymous namespace 7426 7427 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7428 /// 7429 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7430 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7431 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7432 /// the same name. 7433 /// 7434 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7435 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7436 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7437 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7438 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7439 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7440 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7441 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7442 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7443 TypoCorrection Correction; 7444 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7445 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7446 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7447 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7448 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7449 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7450 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7451 7452 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7453 if (IsLocalFriend) 7454 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7455 else 7456 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7457 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7458 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7459 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7460 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7461 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7462 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7463 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7464 if (FD && 7465 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7466 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7467 // involve a parameter 7468 unsigned ParamNum = 7469 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7470 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7471 } 7472 } 7473 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7474 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7475 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7476 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7477 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7478 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7479 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7480 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7481 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7482 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7483 Previous.clear(); 7484 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7485 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7486 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7487 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7488 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7489 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7490 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7491 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7492 } 7493 } 7494 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7495 7496 NamedDecl *Result; 7497 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7498 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7499 { 7500 // Trap errors. 7501 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7502 7503 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7504 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7505 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7506 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7507 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7508 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7509 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7510 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7511 7512 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7513 Result = nullptr; 7514 } 7515 7516 if (Result) { 7517 // Determine which correction we picked. 7518 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7519 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7520 I != E; ++I) 7521 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7522 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7523 7524 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7525 Correction, 7526 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7527 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7528 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7529 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7530 return Result; 7531 } 7532 7533 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7534 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7535 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7536 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7537 Previous.clear(); 7538 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7539 } 7540 7541 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7542 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7543 7544 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7545 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7546 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7547 7548 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7549 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7550 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7551 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7552 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7553 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7554 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7555 7556 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7557 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7558 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7559 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7560 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7561 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7562 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7563 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7564 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7565 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7566 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7567 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7568 } else 7569 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7570 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7571 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7572 } 7573 return nullptr; 7574 } 7575 7576 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7577 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7578 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7579 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7580 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7581 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7582 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7583 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7584 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7585 D.setInvalidType(); 7586 break; 7587 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7588 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7589 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7590 return SC_None; 7591 return SC_Extern; 7592 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7593 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7594 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7595 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7596 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7597 // other than extern 7598 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7599 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7600 diag::err_static_block_func); 7601 break; 7602 } else 7603 return SC_Static; 7604 } 7605 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7606 } 7607 7608 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7609 return SC_None; 7610 } 7611 7612 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7613 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7614 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7615 StorageClass SC, 7616 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7617 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7618 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7619 7620 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7621 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7622 7623 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7624 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7625 // prototype. This true when: 7626 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7627 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7628 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7629 // function type). 7630 bool HasPrototype = 7631 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7632 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7633 7634 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7635 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7636 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7637 HasPrototype, false); 7638 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7639 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7640 7641 return NewFD; 7642 } 7643 7644 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7645 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7646 7647 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7648 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7649 // the class has been completely parsed. 7650 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7651 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7652 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7653 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7654 D.setInvalidType(); 7655 7656 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7657 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7658 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7659 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7660 7661 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7662 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7663 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7664 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7665 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7666 isConstexpr); 7667 7668 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7669 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7670 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7671 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7672 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7673 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7674 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7675 D.getLocStart(), 7676 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7677 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7678 7679 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7680 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7681 // it yet. 7682 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7683 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7684 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7685 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7686 } 7687 7688 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7689 return NewDD; 7690 7691 } else { 7692 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7693 D.setInvalidType(); 7694 7695 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7696 // code path. 7697 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7698 D.getLocStart(), 7699 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7700 SC, isInline, 7701 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7702 } 7703 7704 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7705 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7706 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7707 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7708 return nullptr; 7709 } 7710 7711 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7712 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7713 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7714 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7715 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7716 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7717 7718 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7719 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7720 7721 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7722 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7723 D.getLocEnd()); 7724 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7725 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7726 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7727 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7728 // constructor if it has no return type). 7729 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7730 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7731 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7732 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7733 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7734 return nullptr; 7735 } 7736 7737 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7738 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7739 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7740 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7741 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7742 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7743 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7744 return Ret; 7745 } else { 7746 bool isFriend = 7747 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7748 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7749 return nullptr; 7750 7751 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7752 // prototype. This true when: 7753 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7754 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7755 D.getLocStart(), 7756 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7757 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7758 } 7759 } 7760 7761 enum OpenCLParamType { 7762 ValidKernelParam, 7763 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7764 PtrKernelParam, 7765 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7766 InvalidKernelParam, 7767 RecordKernelParam 7768 }; 7769 7770 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7771 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7772 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7773 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7774 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7775 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7776 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7777 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7778 return PtrKernelParam; 7779 } 7780 7781 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7782 // be used as builtin types. 7783 7784 if (PT->isImageType()) 7785 return PtrKernelParam; 7786 7787 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7788 return InvalidKernelParam; 7789 7790 if (PT->isEventT()) 7791 return InvalidKernelParam; 7792 7793 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7794 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7795 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7796 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7797 return InvalidKernelParam; 7798 7799 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7800 return RecordKernelParam; 7801 7802 return ValidKernelParam; 7803 } 7804 7805 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7806 Sema &S, 7807 Declarator &D, 7808 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7809 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7810 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7811 7812 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7813 // used again 7814 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7815 return; 7816 7817 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7818 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7819 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7820 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7821 // pointer to a pointer type. 7822 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7823 D.setInvalidType(); 7824 return; 7825 7826 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7827 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7828 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7829 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7830 // __constant. 7831 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7832 D.setInvalidType(); 7833 return; 7834 7835 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7836 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7837 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7838 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7839 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7840 7841 case InvalidKernelParam: 7842 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7843 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7844 // of event_t type. 7845 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7846 // type for any function elsewhere. 7847 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7848 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7849 D.setInvalidType(); 7850 return; 7851 7852 case PtrKernelParam: 7853 case ValidKernelParam: 7854 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7855 return; 7856 7857 case RecordKernelParam: 7858 break; 7859 } 7860 7861 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7862 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7863 7864 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7865 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7866 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7867 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7868 7869 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7870 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7871 7872 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7873 7874 do { 7875 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7876 if (!Next) { 7877 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7878 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7879 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7880 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7881 7882 continue; 7883 } 7884 7885 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7886 // field itself) to the history stack. 7887 const RecordDecl *RD; 7888 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7889 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7890 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7891 } else { 7892 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7893 } 7894 7895 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7896 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7897 7898 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7899 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7900 7901 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7902 continue; 7903 7904 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7905 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7906 continue; 7907 7908 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7909 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7910 continue; 7911 } 7912 7913 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7914 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7915 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7916 // union. 7917 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7918 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7919 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7920 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7921 << PT->isUnionType() 7922 << PT; 7923 } else { 7924 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7925 } 7926 7927 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7928 << PD->getDeclName(); 7929 7930 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7931 // the offending field came from 7932 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7933 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7934 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7935 I != E; ++I) { 7936 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7937 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7938 << OuterField->getType(); 7939 } 7940 7941 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7942 << QT->isPointerType() 7943 << QT; 7944 D.setInvalidType(); 7945 return; 7946 } 7947 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7948 } 7949 7950 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7951 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7952 /// nothing. 7953 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7954 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7955 DC = DC->getParent(); 7956 return DC; 7957 } 7958 7959 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7960 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7961 /// nothing. 7962 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7963 while (S->isClassScope() || 7964 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7965 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7966 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7967 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7968 S = S->getParent(); 7969 return S; 7970 } 7971 7972 NamedDecl* 7973 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7974 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7975 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7976 bool &AddToScope) { 7977 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7978 7979 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7980 7981 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7982 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7983 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7984 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7985 7986 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7987 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7988 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7989 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7990 7991 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7992 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7993 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7994 7995 bool isFriend = false; 7996 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7997 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 7998 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7999 8000 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8001 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8002 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8003 8004 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8005 8006 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8007 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8008 8009 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8010 isVirtualOkay); 8011 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8012 8013 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8014 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8015 8016 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8017 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8018 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8019 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8020 8021 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8022 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8023 8024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8025 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8026 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8027 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8028 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8029 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8030 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8031 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8032 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8033 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8034 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8035 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8036 } 8037 8038 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8039 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8040 // return true). 8041 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8042 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8043 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8044 NewFD->setPure(true); 8045 8046 // C++ [class.union]p2 8047 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8048 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8050 } 8051 8052 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8053 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8054 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8055 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8056 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8057 8058 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8059 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8060 bool Invalid = false; 8061 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8062 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8063 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8064 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8065 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8066 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8067 : nullptr, 8068 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8069 Invalid)) { 8070 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8071 // This is a function template 8072 8073 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8074 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8075 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8076 8077 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8078 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8079 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 } 8082 8083 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8084 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8085 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8086 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8087 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8088 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8089 Invalid = true; 8090 } 8091 8092 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8093 NewFD->getLocation(), 8094 Name, TemplateParams, 8095 NewFD); 8096 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8097 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8098 8099 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8100 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8101 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8102 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8103 } 8104 } else { 8105 // This is a function template specialization. 8106 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8107 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8108 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8109 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8110 8111 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8112 if (isFriend) { 8113 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8114 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8115 8116 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8117 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8118 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8119 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8120 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8121 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8122 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8123 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8124 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8125 } 8126 8127 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8128 << Name << RemoveRange 8129 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8130 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8131 } 8132 } 8133 } 8134 else { 8135 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8136 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8137 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8138 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8139 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8140 } 8141 8142 if (Invalid) { 8143 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8144 if (FunctionTemplate) 8145 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8146 } 8147 8148 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8149 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8150 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8151 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8152 // 8153 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8154 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8155 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8156 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8157 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8158 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8159 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8160 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8162 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8163 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8164 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8165 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8166 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8167 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8168 } else { 8169 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8170 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8171 } 8172 8173 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8174 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8175 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8176 } 8177 8178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8179 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8180 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8181 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8182 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8183 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8184 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8185 // thing to do. 8186 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8187 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8188 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8189 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8190 QualType Result = 8191 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8192 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8193 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8194 } 8195 8196 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8197 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8198 // declaration. 8199 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8200 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8201 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8203 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8204 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8205 } 8206 } 8207 8208 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8209 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8210 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8211 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8212 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8213 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8214 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8215 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8216 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8217 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8218 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8219 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8220 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8221 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8222 // or conversion function. 8223 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8224 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8225 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8226 } 8227 } 8228 8229 if (isConstexpr) { 8230 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8231 // are implicitly inline. 8232 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8233 8234 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8235 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8236 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8237 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8238 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8239 } 8240 8241 if (isConcept) { 8242 // This is a function concept. 8243 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8244 FTD->setConcept(); 8245 8246 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8247 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8248 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8249 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8250 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8251 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8252 } 8253 8254 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8255 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8256 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8257 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8258 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8259 SourceRange Range; 8260 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8261 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8262 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8263 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8264 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8265 } else { 8266 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8267 } 8268 8269 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8270 // following restrictions: 8271 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8272 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8273 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8274 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8275 } 8276 8277 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8278 // following restrictions: 8279 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8280 // parameter list. 8281 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8282 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8283 } 8284 8285 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8286 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8287 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8288 8289 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8290 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8291 // specifiers, [...] 8292 if (isInline) { 8293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8294 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8295 << 1 << 1; 8296 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8297 } 8298 8299 if (isFriend) { 8300 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8301 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8302 << 1 << 2; 8303 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8304 } 8305 8306 if (isConstexpr) { 8307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8308 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8309 << 1 << 3; 8310 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8311 } 8312 8313 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8314 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8315 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8316 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8317 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8318 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8319 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8320 return NewFD; 8321 } 8322 } 8323 8324 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8325 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8326 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8327 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8328 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8329 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8330 << 0 8331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8332 } else { 8333 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8334 if (FunctionTemplate) 8335 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8336 } 8337 } 8338 8339 if (isFriend) { 8340 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8341 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8342 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8343 } 8344 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8345 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8346 } 8347 8348 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8349 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8350 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8351 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8352 case FDK_Declaration: 8353 case FDK_Definition: 8354 break; 8355 8356 case FDK_Defaulted: 8357 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8358 break; 8359 8360 case FDK_Deleted: 8361 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8362 break; 8363 } 8364 8365 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8366 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8367 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8368 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8369 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8370 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8371 } 8372 8373 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8374 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8375 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8376 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8377 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8378 // the class. 8379 8380 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8381 // member function definition. 8382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8383 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8384 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8385 } 8386 8387 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8388 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8389 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8390 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8391 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8392 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8393 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8394 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8395 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8396 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8397 } 8398 8399 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8400 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8401 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8402 isMemberSpecialization || 8403 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8404 8405 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8406 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8407 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8408 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8409 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8410 SE->getString(), 0)); 8411 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8412 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8413 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8414 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8415 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8416 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8417 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8418 } else 8419 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8420 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8421 } 8422 } 8423 8424 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8425 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8426 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8427 unsigned FTIIdx; 8428 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8429 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8430 8431 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8432 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8433 // single void argument. 8434 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8435 // already checks for that case. 8436 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8437 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8438 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8439 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8440 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8441 Params.push_back(Param); 8442 8443 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8445 } 8446 } 8447 8448 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8449 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8450 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8451 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8452 // the TU. 8453 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8454 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8455 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8456 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8457 8458 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8459 // instead. 8460 if (!TD) { 8461 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8462 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8463 } 8464 if (!TD) 8465 continue; 8466 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8467 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8468 continue; 8469 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8470 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8471 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8472 8473 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8474 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8475 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8476 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8477 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8478 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8479 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8480 } 8481 } 8482 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8483 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8484 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8485 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8486 // 8487 // @code 8488 // typedef void fn(int); 8489 // fn f; 8490 // @endcode 8491 8492 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8493 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8494 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8495 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8496 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8497 Params.push_back(Param); 8498 } 8499 } else { 8500 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8501 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8502 } 8503 8504 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8505 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8506 8507 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8508 NewFD->addAttr( 8509 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8510 Context, 0)); 8511 8512 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8513 // because all functions have linkage. 8514 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8515 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8516 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8517 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8518 } 8519 8520 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8521 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8522 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8523 NewFD->addAttr( 8524 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8525 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8526 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8527 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8528 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8529 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8530 NewFD)) 8531 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8532 } 8533 8534 // Handle attributes. 8535 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8536 8537 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8538 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8539 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8540 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8541 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8542 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8543 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8545 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8546 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8547 } 8548 } 8549 8550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8551 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8552 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8553 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8554 8555 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8556 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8557 8558 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8559 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8560 isMemberSpecialization)); 8561 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8562 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8563 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8564 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8565 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8566 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8567 8568 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8569 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8570 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8571 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8572 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8573 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8574 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8575 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8576 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8577 int DiagID = 8578 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8579 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8580 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8581 } 8582 } 8583 } else { 8584 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8585 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8586 // 8587 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8588 // 8589 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8590 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8591 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8592 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8593 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8594 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8595 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8596 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8597 8598 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8599 // argument list into our AST format. 8600 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8601 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8602 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8603 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8604 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8605 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8606 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8607 TemplateArgs); 8608 8609 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8610 8611 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8612 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8613 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8614 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8615 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8616 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8617 8618 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8619 } else { 8620 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8621 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8622 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8623 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8624 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8625 } 8626 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8627 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8628 // wrote something like: 8629 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8630 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8631 // friend void foo<>(int); 8632 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8633 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8634 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8635 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8636 } 8637 8638 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8639 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8640 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8641 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8642 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8643 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8644 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8645 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8646 8647 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8648 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8649 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8650 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8651 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8652 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8653 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8654 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8655 TemplateArgs, 8656 InstantiationDependent))) { 8657 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8658 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8659 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8660 Previous)) 8661 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8662 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8663 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8664 && !isFriend) { 8665 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8666 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8667 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8668 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8669 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8670 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8671 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8672 : nullptr), 8673 Previous)) 8674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8675 8676 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8677 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8678 // specialization (14.7.3) 8679 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8680 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8681 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8682 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8683 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8684 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8685 << SC 8686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8687 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8688 8689 else 8690 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8691 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8693 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8694 } 8695 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8696 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8697 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8698 } 8699 8700 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8701 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8702 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8703 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8704 8705 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8706 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8707 8708 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8709 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8710 isMemberSpecialization)); 8711 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8712 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8713 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8714 } 8715 8716 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8717 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8718 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8719 8720 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8721 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8722 : NewFD); 8723 8724 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8725 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8726 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8727 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8728 8729 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8730 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8731 } 8732 8733 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8734 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8735 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8736 8737 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8738 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8739 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8740 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8741 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8742 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8743 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8744 : nullptr, 8745 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8746 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8747 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8748 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8749 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8750 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8751 DC->isDependentContext()) 8752 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8753 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8754 } 8755 8756 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8757 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8758 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8759 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8760 AddToScope }; 8761 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8762 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8763 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8764 8765 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8766 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8767 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8768 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8769 8770 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8771 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8772 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8773 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8774 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8775 // can actually do this check immediately. 8776 if (isFriend && 8777 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8778 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8779 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8780 // ignore these 8781 } else { 8782 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8783 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8784 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8785 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8786 // 8787 // class X { 8788 // void f() const; 8789 // }; 8790 // 8791 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8792 // 8793 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8794 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8795 // whether the parameter types are references). 8796 8797 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8798 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8799 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8800 return Result; 8801 } 8802 } 8803 8804 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8805 // to something. 8806 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8807 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8808 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8809 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8810 return Result; 8811 } 8812 } 8813 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8814 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8815 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8816 !isMemberSpecialization) { 8817 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8818 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8819 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8820 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8821 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8822 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8823 // generate them. 8824 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8825 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8826 } 8827 } 8828 8829 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8830 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8831 8832 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8833 8834 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8835 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8836 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8837 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8838 << NewFD; 8839 8840 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8841 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8842 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8843 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8844 EPI.Variadic = true; 8845 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8846 8847 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8848 NewFD->setType(R); 8849 } 8850 8851 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8852 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8853 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8854 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8855 8856 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8857 // marking the function. 8858 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8859 8860 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8861 // a pragma. 8862 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8863 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8864 8865 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8866 // the map of such variables. 8867 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8868 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8869 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8870 8871 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8872 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8873 8874 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8875 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8876 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8877 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8878 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8879 } 8880 8881 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8882 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8883 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8884 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8885 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8886 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8887 8888 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8889 } 8890 8891 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8892 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8893 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8894 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8895 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8896 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8897 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8898 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8899 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8900 } 8901 } 8902 8903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8904 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8905 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8906 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8907 return FunctionTemplate; 8908 } 8909 } 8910 8911 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8912 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8913 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8914 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8916 D.setInvalidType(); 8917 } 8918 8919 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8920 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8921 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8922 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8923 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8924 : FixItHint()); 8925 D.setInvalidType(); 8926 } 8927 8928 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8929 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8930 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8931 } 8932 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8933 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8934 8935 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8936 // types. 8937 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8938 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8939 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8940 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8941 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8942 D.setInvalidType(); 8943 } 8944 } 8945 } 8946 } 8947 8948 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8949 8950 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8951 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8952 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8953 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8954 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8955 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8956 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8957 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8958 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8959 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8960 AddToScope = false; 8961 } 8962 8963 return NewFD; 8964 } 8965 8966 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8967 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8968 /// 8969 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8970 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8971 /// same declaration name. 8972 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8973 /// belongs to. 8974 /// 8975 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8976 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8977 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8978 // namespace scope. 8979 // 8980 // This allows to compile code like: 8981 // 8982 // void func(); 8983 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8984 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8985 // 8986 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8987 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8988 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8989 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8990 } 8991 8992 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8993 /// 8994 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8995 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8996 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8997 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8998 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8999 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9000 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9001 /// 9002 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9003 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9004 /// previous declaration). 9005 /// 9006 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9007 /// 9008 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9009 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9010 LookupResult &Previous, 9011 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9012 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9013 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9014 9015 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9016 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9017 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9018 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9019 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9020 9021 bool Redeclaration = false; 9022 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9023 9024 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9025 // the same name, if appropriate. 9026 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9027 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9028 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9029 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9030 // function to the scope. 9031 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 9032 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9033 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9034 Redeclaration = true; 9035 OldDecl = Candidate; 9036 } 9037 } else { 9038 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9039 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9040 case Ovl_Match: 9041 Redeclaration = true; 9042 break; 9043 9044 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9045 Redeclaration = true; 9046 break; 9047 9048 case Ovl_Overload: 9049 Redeclaration = false; 9050 break; 9051 } 9052 9053 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9054 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 9055 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 9056 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9057 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9058 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 9059 Redeclaration ? OldDecl : Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9060 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9061 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9062 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9063 } 9064 } 9065 } 9066 9067 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9068 if (!Redeclaration && 9069 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9070 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9071 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9072 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9073 Redeclaration = true; 9074 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9075 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9076 9077 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9078 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9079 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9080 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9081 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9082 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9083 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9084 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9085 } 9086 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9087 Redeclaration = false; 9088 OldDecl = nullptr; 9089 } 9090 } 9091 } 9092 } 9093 9094 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9095 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9096 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9097 // 9098 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9099 // definition of a static member function. 9100 // 9101 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9102 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9103 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9104 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9105 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9106 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9107 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9108 if (OldDecl) 9109 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9110 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9111 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9112 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9113 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9114 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9115 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9116 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9117 9118 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9119 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9120 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9121 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9122 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9123 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9124 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9125 9126 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9127 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9128 } 9129 } 9130 } 9131 9132 if (Redeclaration) { 9133 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9134 // merged. 9135 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9136 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9137 return Redeclaration; 9138 } 9139 9140 Previous.clear(); 9141 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9142 9143 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9144 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9145 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9146 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9147 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9148 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9149 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9150 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9151 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9152 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9153 } 9154 9155 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9156 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9157 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9158 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9159 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9160 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9161 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9162 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9163 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9164 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9165 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9166 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9167 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9168 } 9169 } 9170 9171 } else { 9172 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9173 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9174 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9175 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9176 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9177 } 9178 } 9179 } 9180 9181 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9182 9183 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9184 // C++-specific checks. 9185 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9186 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9187 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9188 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9189 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9190 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9191 9192 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9193 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9194 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9195 DeclarationName Name 9196 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9197 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9198 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9199 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9200 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9201 return Redeclaration; 9202 } 9203 } 9204 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9205 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9206 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9207 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9208 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9209 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9210 9211 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9212 // explicitly specialized. 9213 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9214 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9215 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9216 } 9217 9218 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9219 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9220 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9221 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9222 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9223 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9224 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9225 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9226 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9227 } 9228 } 9229 } 9230 9231 if (Method->isStatic()) 9232 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9233 } 9234 9235 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9236 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9237 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9238 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9239 return Redeclaration; 9240 } 9241 9242 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9243 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9244 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9246 return Redeclaration; 9247 } 9248 9249 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9250 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9251 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9252 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9253 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9254 9255 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9256 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9257 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9258 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9259 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9260 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9261 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9262 // specification, that's OK. 9263 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9264 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9265 if (!T.isNull() && 9266 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9267 NewFD->getType())) 9268 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9269 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9270 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9271 } 9272 9273 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9274 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9275 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9276 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9277 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9278 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9279 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9280 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9281 << NewFD << R; 9282 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9283 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9284 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9285 } 9286 9287 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9288 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9289 // [is] part of the function type 9290 // 9291 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9292 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9293 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9294 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9295 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9296 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9297 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9298 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9299 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9300 // restricted prior to C++17. 9301 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9302 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9303 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9304 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9305 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9306 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9307 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9308 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9309 return true; 9310 return false; 9311 }; 9312 9313 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9314 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9315 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9316 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9317 if (AnyNoexcept) 9318 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9319 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9320 << NewFD; 9321 } 9322 9323 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9324 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9325 } 9326 return Redeclaration; 9327 } 9328 9329 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9330 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9331 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9332 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9333 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9334 // appear in a declaration of main. 9335 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9336 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9337 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9338 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9339 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9340 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9341 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9342 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9343 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9344 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9345 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9346 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9347 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9348 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9350 } 9351 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9352 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9353 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9354 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9355 } 9356 9357 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9358 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9359 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9360 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9361 return; 9362 } 9363 9364 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9365 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9366 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9367 9368 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9369 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9370 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9371 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9372 9373 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9374 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9375 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9376 else { 9377 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9378 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9379 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9380 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9381 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9382 } 9383 } else { 9384 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9385 // set the flag which tells us that. 9386 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9387 9388 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9389 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9390 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9391 else { 9392 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9393 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9394 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9395 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9396 : FixItHint()); 9397 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9398 } 9399 } 9400 9401 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9402 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9403 9404 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9405 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9406 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9407 9408 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9409 9410 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9411 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9412 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9413 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9414 } 9415 9416 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9417 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9418 // getting shifty. 9419 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9420 HasExtraParameters = false; 9421 9422 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9423 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9424 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9425 nparams = 3; 9426 } 9427 9428 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9429 // if we had some location information about types. 9430 9431 QualType CharPP = 9432 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9433 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9434 9435 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9436 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9437 9438 bool mismatch = true; 9439 9440 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9441 mismatch = false; 9442 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9443 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9444 // char const ** 9445 // char const * const * 9446 // char * const * 9447 9448 QualifierCollector qs; 9449 const PointerType* PT; 9450 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9451 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9452 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9453 Context.CharTy)) { 9454 qs.removeConst(); 9455 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9456 } 9457 } 9458 9459 if (mismatch) { 9460 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9461 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9462 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9463 } 9464 } 9465 9466 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9468 } 9469 9470 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9472 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9473 } 9474 } 9475 9476 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9477 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9478 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9479 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9480 9481 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9482 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9483 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9484 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9485 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9486 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9487 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9488 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9489 9490 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9491 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9492 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9493 } 9494 } 9495 9496 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9497 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9498 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9499 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9500 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9501 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9502 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9503 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9504 // rules there don't matter.) 9505 const Expr *Culprit; 9506 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9507 return false; 9508 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9509 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9510 return true; 9511 } 9512 9513 namespace { 9514 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9515 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9516 class SelfReferenceChecker 9517 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9518 Sema &S; 9519 Decl *OrigDecl; 9520 bool isRecordType; 9521 bool isPODType; 9522 bool isReferenceType; 9523 9524 bool isInitList; 9525 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9526 9527 public: 9528 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9529 9530 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9531 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9532 isPODType = false; 9533 isRecordType = false; 9534 isReferenceType = false; 9535 isInitList = false; 9536 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9537 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9538 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9539 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9540 } 9541 } 9542 9543 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9544 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9545 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9546 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9547 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9548 if (!InitList) { 9549 Visit(E); 9550 return; 9551 } 9552 9553 // Track and increment the index here. 9554 isInitList = true; 9555 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9556 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9557 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9558 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9559 } 9560 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9561 } 9562 9563 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9564 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9565 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9566 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9567 Expr *Base = E; 9568 bool ReferenceField = false; 9569 9570 // Get the field memebers used. 9571 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9572 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9573 if (!FD) 9574 return false; 9575 Fields.push_back(FD); 9576 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9577 ReferenceField = true; 9578 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9579 } 9580 9581 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9582 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9583 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9584 return false; 9585 9586 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9587 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9588 return true; 9589 9590 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9591 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9592 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9593 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9594 9595 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9596 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9597 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9598 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9599 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9600 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9601 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9602 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9603 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9604 return true; 9605 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9606 break; 9607 } 9608 9609 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9610 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9611 return true; 9612 } 9613 9614 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9615 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9616 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9617 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9618 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9619 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9620 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9621 return; 9622 } 9623 9624 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9625 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9626 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9627 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9628 return; 9629 } 9630 9631 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9632 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9633 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9634 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9635 return; 9636 } 9637 9638 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9639 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9640 return; 9641 } 9642 9643 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9644 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9645 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9646 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9647 return; 9648 } 9649 } 9650 9651 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9652 if (isInitList) { 9653 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9654 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9655 return; 9656 } 9657 9658 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9659 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9660 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9661 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9662 return; 9663 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9664 } 9665 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9666 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9667 return; 9668 } 9669 9670 Visit(E); 9671 } 9672 9673 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9674 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9675 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9676 if (isReferenceType) 9677 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9678 } 9679 9680 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9681 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9682 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9683 return; 9684 } 9685 9686 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9687 } 9688 9689 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9690 if (isInitList) { 9691 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9692 return; 9693 } 9694 9695 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9696 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9697 9698 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9699 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9700 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9701 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9702 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9703 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9704 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9705 Warn = false; 9706 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9707 } 9708 9709 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9710 if (Warn) 9711 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9712 return; 9713 } 9714 9715 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9716 // Visit that expression. 9717 Visit(Base); 9718 } 9719 9720 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9721 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9722 9723 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9724 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9725 9726 Visit(Callee); 9727 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9728 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9729 } 9730 9731 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9732 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9733 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9734 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9735 if (!isPODType) 9736 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9737 return; 9738 } 9739 9740 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9741 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9742 return; 9743 } 9744 9745 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9746 } 9747 9748 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9749 9750 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9751 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9752 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9753 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9754 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9755 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9756 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9757 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9758 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9759 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9760 return; 9761 } 9762 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9763 } 9764 9765 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9766 // Treat std::move as a use. 9767 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9768 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9769 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9770 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9771 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9772 return; 9773 } 9774 } 9775 } 9776 9777 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9778 } 9779 9780 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9781 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9782 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9783 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9784 return; 9785 } 9786 9787 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9788 } 9789 9790 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9791 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9792 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9793 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9794 Visit(E->getCond()); 9795 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9796 } 9797 9798 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9799 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9800 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9801 unsigned diag; 9802 if (isReferenceType) { 9803 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9804 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9805 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9806 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9807 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9808 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9809 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9810 } else { 9811 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9812 return; 9813 } 9814 9815 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9816 S.PDiag(diag) 9817 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9818 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9819 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9820 } 9821 }; 9822 9823 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9824 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9825 bool DirectInit) { 9826 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9827 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9828 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9829 return; 9830 9831 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9832 9833 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9834 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9835 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9836 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9837 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9838 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9839 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9840 return; 9841 9842 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9843 } 9844 } // end anonymous namespace 9845 9846 namespace { 9847 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9848 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9849 struct VarDeclOrName { 9850 VarDecl *VDecl; 9851 DeclarationName Name; 9852 9853 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9854 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9855 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9856 } 9857 }; 9858 } // end anonymous namespace 9859 9860 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9861 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9862 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9863 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9864 Expr *Init) { 9865 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9866 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9867 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9868 9869 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9870 9871 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 9872 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 9873 9874 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9875 if (!Init) { 9876 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 9877 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9878 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 9879 return QualType(); 9880 } 9881 9882 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 9883 if (DirectInit) { 9884 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9885 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9886 } 9887 9888 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 9889 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 9890 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9891 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 9892 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 9893 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 9894 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 9895 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 9896 InitsCopy); 9897 } 9898 9899 if (DirectInit) { 9900 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9901 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9902 } 9903 9904 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9905 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9906 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9907 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9908 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9909 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9910 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9911 << VN << Type << Range; 9912 return QualType(); 9913 } 9914 9915 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9916 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9917 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9918 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9919 << VN << Type << Range; 9920 return QualType(); 9921 } 9922 9923 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9924 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9925 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9926 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9927 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9928 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9929 return QualType(); 9930 } 9931 9932 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9933 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9934 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9935 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9936 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9937 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9938 return QualType(); 9939 } 9940 Init = Result.get(); 9941 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9942 } 9943 9944 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9945 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9946 // is present, e has type cv A 9947 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9948 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9949 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9950 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9951 Type.getQualifiers()); 9952 9953 QualType DeducedType; 9954 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9955 if (!IsInitCapture) 9956 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9957 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9958 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9959 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9960 << VN 9961 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9962 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9963 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9964 else 9965 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9966 << VN << TSI->getType() 9967 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9968 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9969 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9970 } 9971 9972 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9973 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9974 // checks. 9975 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9976 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9977 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 9978 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9979 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9980 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9981 } 9982 9983 return DeducedType; 9984 } 9985 9986 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 9987 Expr *Init) { 9988 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9989 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 9990 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9991 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9992 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9993 return true; 9994 } 9995 9996 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9997 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9998 9999 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10000 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10001 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10002 10003 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10004 // the previously declared type. 10005 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10006 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10007 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10008 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10009 } 10010 10011 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10012 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10013 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10014 } 10015 10016 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10017 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10018 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10019 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10020 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10021 // the initializer. 10022 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10023 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10024 return; 10025 } 10026 10027 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10028 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10029 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10030 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10031 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10032 return; 10033 } 10034 10035 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10036 if (!VDecl) { 10037 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10038 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10039 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10040 return; 10041 } 10042 10043 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10044 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10045 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10046 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10047 // TypoExpr. 10048 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10049 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10050 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10051 return; 10052 } 10053 Init = Res.get(); 10054 10055 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10056 return; 10057 } 10058 10059 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10060 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10061 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10062 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10063 return; 10064 } 10065 10066 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10067 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10068 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10069 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10070 return; 10071 } 10072 10073 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10074 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10075 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10076 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10077 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10078 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10079 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10080 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10081 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10082 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10083 return; 10084 } 10085 10086 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10087 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10088 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10089 AbstractVariableType)) 10090 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10091 } 10092 10093 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10094 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10095 // handle the situation. 10096 VarDecl *Def; 10097 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10098 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10099 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10100 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10101 return; 10102 10103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10104 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10105 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10106 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10107 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10108 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10109 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10110 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10111 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10112 // 10113 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10114 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10115 // declaration with an initializer. 10116 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10117 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10118 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10119 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10120 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10121 << 0; 10122 return; 10123 } 10124 10125 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10126 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10127 10128 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10130 return; 10131 } 10132 } 10133 10134 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10135 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10136 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10137 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10138 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10139 return; 10140 } 10141 10142 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10143 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10144 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10145 10146 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10147 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10148 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10149 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10150 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10151 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10152 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10153 return; 10154 } 10155 Init = Result.get(); 10156 } 10157 10158 // Perform the initialization. 10159 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10160 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10161 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10162 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10163 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10164 10165 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10166 if (CXXDirectInit) 10167 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10168 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10169 10170 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10171 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10172 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10173 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10174 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10175 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10176 }); 10177 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10178 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10180 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10181 } 10182 } 10183 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10184 return; 10185 10186 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10187 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10188 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10189 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10190 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10191 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10192 return; 10193 } 10194 10195 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10196 } 10197 10198 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10199 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10200 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10201 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10202 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10203 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10204 } 10205 10206 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10207 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10208 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10209 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10210 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10211 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10212 10213 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10214 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10215 10216 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10217 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10218 10219 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10220 // Although this code can still have problems: 10221 // id x = self.weakProp; 10222 // id y = self.weakProp; 10223 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10224 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10225 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10226 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10227 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10228 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10229 Init->getLocStart())) 10230 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10231 } 10232 10233 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10234 // 10235 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10236 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10237 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10238 // 10239 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10240 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10241 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10242 // 10243 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10244 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10245 false, 10246 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10247 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10248 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10249 return; 10250 } 10251 Init = Result.get(); 10252 10253 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10254 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10255 10256 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10257 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10258 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10259 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10260 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10261 const Expr *Culprit; 10262 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10263 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10264 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10265 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10266 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10267 // constant expressions. 10268 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10269 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10270 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10271 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10272 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10273 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10274 } 10275 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10276 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10277 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10278 // 10279 // struct S { 10280 // static const int value = 17; 10281 // }; 10282 10283 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10284 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10285 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10286 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10287 // 10288 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10289 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10290 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10291 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10292 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10293 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10294 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10295 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10296 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10297 10298 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10299 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10300 10301 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10302 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10303 // type. 10304 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10305 10306 // Require constness. 10307 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10308 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10309 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10310 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10311 10312 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10313 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10314 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10315 SourceLocation Loc; 10316 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10317 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10318 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10319 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10320 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10321 ; // Nothing to check. 10322 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10323 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10324 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10325 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10326 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10327 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10328 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10329 } else { 10330 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10331 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10332 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10333 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10334 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10335 } 10336 10337 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10338 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10339 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10340 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10341 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10342 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10343 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10344 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10345 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10346 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10347 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10348 } else { 10349 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10350 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10351 10352 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10353 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10354 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10355 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10356 } 10357 } 10358 10359 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10360 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10361 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10362 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10363 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10364 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10365 10366 } else { 10367 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10368 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10369 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10370 } 10371 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10372 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10373 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10374 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10375 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10376 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10377 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10378 // C++ rules. 10379 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10380 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10381 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10382 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10383 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10384 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10385 10386 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10387 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10388 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10389 } 10390 10391 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10392 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10393 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10394 // 10395 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10396 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10397 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10398 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10399 // special case code. 10400 10401 // C++ 8.5p11: 10402 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10403 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10404 // class type. 10405 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10406 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10407 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10408 } else if (DirectInit) { 10409 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10410 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10411 } 10412 10413 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10414 } 10415 10416 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10417 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10418 /// of sanity. 10419 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10420 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10421 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10422 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10423 10424 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10425 if (!VD) return; 10426 10427 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10428 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10429 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10430 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10431 10432 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10433 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10434 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10435 return; 10436 } 10437 10438 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10439 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10440 10441 // Require a complete type. 10442 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10443 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10444 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10445 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10446 return; 10447 } 10448 10449 // Require a non-abstract type. 10450 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10451 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10452 AbstractVariableType)) { 10453 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10454 return; 10455 } 10456 10457 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10458 // though. 10459 } 10460 10461 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10462 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10463 if (!RealDecl) 10464 return; 10465 10466 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10467 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10468 10469 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10470 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10471 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10472 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10473 return; 10474 } 10475 10476 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10477 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10478 return; 10479 10480 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10481 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10482 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10483 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10484 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10485 // member. 10486 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10487 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10488 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10489 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10490 // a definition there. 10491 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10492 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10493 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10494 << Var->getDeclName(); 10495 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10496 return; 10497 } 10498 } else { 10499 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10500 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10501 return; 10502 } 10503 } 10504 10505 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10506 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10507 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10508 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10509 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10510 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10511 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10512 return; 10513 } 10514 } 10515 10516 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10517 // be initialized. 10518 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10519 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10520 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10521 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10522 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10523 return; 10524 } 10525 10526 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10527 case VarDecl::Definition: 10528 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10529 break; 10530 10531 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10532 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10533 // a declaration. 10534 // 10535 // Fall through 10536 10537 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10538 // It's only a declaration. 10539 10540 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10541 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10542 // object shall be complete. 10543 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10544 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10545 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10546 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10547 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10548 10549 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10550 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10551 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10552 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10553 AbstractVariableType)) 10554 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10555 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10556 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10557 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10558 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10559 } 10560 10561 return; 10562 10563 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10564 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10565 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10566 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10567 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10568 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10569 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10570 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10571 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10572 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10573 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10574 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10575 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10576 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10577 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10578 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10579 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10580 // NOTE: code such as the following 10581 // static struct s; 10582 // struct s { int a; }; 10583 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10584 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10585 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10586 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10587 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10588 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10589 } 10590 } 10591 10592 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10593 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10594 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10595 return; 10596 } 10597 10598 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10599 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10600 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10601 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10602 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10603 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10604 return; 10605 } 10606 10607 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10608 // definitions with reference type. 10609 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10610 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10611 << Var->getDeclName() 10612 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10613 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10614 return; 10615 } 10616 10617 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10618 // variable with dependent type. 10619 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10620 return; 10621 10622 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10623 return; 10624 10625 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10626 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10627 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10628 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10629 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10630 return; 10631 } 10632 } else { 10633 return; 10634 } 10635 10636 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10637 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10638 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10639 AbstractVariableType)) { 10640 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10641 return; 10642 } 10643 10644 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10645 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10646 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10647 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10648 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10649 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10650 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10651 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10652 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10653 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10654 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10655 if (const RecordType *Record 10656 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10657 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10658 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10659 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10660 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10661 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10662 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10663 } 10664 } 10665 10666 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10667 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10668 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10669 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10670 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10671 // type shall have a user-declared default 10672 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10673 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10674 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10675 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10676 // program is ill-formed. 10677 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10678 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10679 // default-initialized; [...]. 10680 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10681 InitializationKind Kind 10682 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10683 10684 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10685 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10686 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10687 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10688 else if (Init.get()) { 10689 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10690 // This is important for template substitution. 10691 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10692 } 10693 10694 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10695 } 10696 } 10697 10698 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10699 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10700 if (!D) 10701 return; 10702 10703 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10704 if (!VD) { 10705 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10706 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10707 return; 10708 } 10709 10710 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10711 10712 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10713 int Error = -1; 10714 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10715 case SC_None: 10716 break; 10717 case SC_Extern: 10718 Error = 0; 10719 break; 10720 case SC_Static: 10721 Error = 1; 10722 break; 10723 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10724 Error = 2; 10725 break; 10726 case SC_Auto: 10727 Error = 3; 10728 break; 10729 case SC_Register: 10730 Error = 4; 10731 break; 10732 } 10733 if (Error != -1) { 10734 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10735 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10736 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10737 } 10738 } 10739 10740 StmtResult 10741 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10742 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10743 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10744 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10745 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10746 // A range-based for statement of the form 10747 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10748 // is equivalent to 10749 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10750 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10751 10752 const char *PrevSpec; 10753 unsigned DiagID; 10754 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10755 getPrintingPolicy()); 10756 10757 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10758 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10759 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10760 10761 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10762 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10763 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10764 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10765 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10766 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10767 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10768 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10769 } 10770 10771 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10772 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10773 10774 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10775 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10776 // initialiser 10777 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10778 !var->hasInit()) { 10779 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10780 << 1 /*Init*/; 10781 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10782 return; 10783 } 10784 } 10785 10786 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10787 // local retaining variable. 10788 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10789 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10790 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10791 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10792 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10793 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10794 break; 10795 10796 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10797 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10798 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10799 break; 10800 } 10801 } 10802 10803 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10804 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10805 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10806 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10807 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10808 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10809 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10810 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10811 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10812 var->getLocation())) { 10813 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10814 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10815 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10816 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10817 10818 if (!prev) 10819 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10820 } 10821 10822 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10823 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10824 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10825 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10826 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10827 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10828 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10829 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10830 }; 10831 10832 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10833 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10834 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10835 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10836 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10837 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10839 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10840 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10841 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10842 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10843 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10844 // initialization. 10845 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10846 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10847 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10848 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10849 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10850 } 10851 } 10852 } 10853 10854 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10855 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10856 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10857 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10858 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10859 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10860 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10861 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10862 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10863 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10864 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10865 } else { 10866 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10867 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10868 } 10869 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10870 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10871 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10872 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10873 } 10874 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10875 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10876 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10877 10878 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10879 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10880 // attribute. 10881 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10882 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10883 CurInitSegLoc)); 10884 } 10885 10886 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10887 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10888 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10889 // current module. 10890 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10891 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10892 return; 10893 } 10894 10895 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10896 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10897 10898 QualType type = var->getType(); 10899 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10900 10901 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10902 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10903 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10904 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10905 10906 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10907 // constructing this copy. 10908 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10909 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 10910 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 10911 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10912 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10913 ExprResult result 10914 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10915 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10916 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10917 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10918 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10919 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10920 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10921 } 10922 } 10923 } 10924 10925 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10926 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10927 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10928 10929 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10930 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10931 10932 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10933 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10934 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10935 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10936 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10937 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10938 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10939 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10940 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10941 Notes.clear(); 10942 } 10943 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10944 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10945 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10946 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10947 } 10948 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10949 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10950 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10951 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10952 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10953 } 10954 10955 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10956 // were just diagnosed. 10957 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10958 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10959 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10960 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10961 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10962 if (DiagErr) { 10963 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10964 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10965 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10966 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10967 << attr->getRange(); 10968 } 10969 } 10970 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10971 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10972 var->getLocation())) { 10973 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10974 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10975 // warned about them. 10976 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10977 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10978 if (!checkConstInit()) 10979 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10980 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10981 } 10982 } 10983 } 10984 10985 // Require the destructor. 10986 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10987 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10988 10989 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10990 // module. 10991 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10992 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10993 } 10994 10995 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10996 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10997 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10998 return true; 10999 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11000 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11001 return true; 11002 return false; 11003 } 11004 11005 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11006 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11007 void 11008 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11009 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11010 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11011 11012 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11013 if (!VD) 11014 return; 11015 11016 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11017 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11018 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11019 } 11020 } 11021 11022 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11023 11024 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11025 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11026 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11027 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11028 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11029 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11030 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11031 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11032 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11033 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11034 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11035 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11036 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11037 } 11038 } 11039 } 11040 11041 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11042 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11043 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11044 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11045 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11046 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11047 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11048 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11049 } 11050 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11051 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11052 // static storage class. 11053 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11054 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11055 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11056 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11057 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11058 } 11059 } 11060 11061 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11062 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11063 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11064 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11065 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11066 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11067 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11068 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11069 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11070 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11071 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11072 bool AllowedInit = false; 11073 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11074 AllowedInit = 11075 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11076 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11077 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11078 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11079 if (!AllowedInit && 11080 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11081 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11082 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11083 11084 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11085 if (AllowedInit) 11086 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11087 AllowedInit = 11088 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11089 11090 if (!AllowedInit) { 11091 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11092 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11093 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11094 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11095 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11096 } 11097 } else { 11098 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11099 // callable from the host side. 11100 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11101 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11102 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11103 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11104 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11105 } 11106 if (InitFn) { 11107 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11108 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11109 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11110 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11111 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11112 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11113 } 11114 } 11115 } 11116 } 11117 } 11118 11119 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11120 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11121 11122 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11123 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11124 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11125 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11126 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11127 // with a warning. 11128 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11129 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11130 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11131 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11132 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11133 11134 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11135 IsClassTemplateMember 11136 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11137 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11138 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11139 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11140 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11141 } 11142 } 11143 11144 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11145 // isn't exported with the variable. 11146 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11147 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11148 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11149 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11150 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11151 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11152 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11153 } else { 11154 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11155 << DLLAttr; 11156 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11157 } 11158 } 11159 11160 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11161 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11162 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11163 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11164 } 11165 } 11166 11167 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11168 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11169 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11170 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11171 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11172 11173 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11174 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11175 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11176 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11177 11178 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11179 // tag values. 11180 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11181 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11182 return; 11183 11184 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11185 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11186 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11187 continue; 11188 } 11189 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11190 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11191 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11192 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11193 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11194 continue; 11195 } 11196 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11197 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11198 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11199 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11200 continue; 11201 } 11202 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11203 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11204 MagicValue, 11205 I->getMatchingCType(), 11206 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11207 I->getMustBeNull()); 11208 } 11209 } 11210 11211 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11212 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11213 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11214 } 11215 11216 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11217 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11218 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11219 11220 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11221 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11222 11223 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11224 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11225 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11226 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11227 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11228 11229 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11230 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11231 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11232 // to perform. 11233 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11234 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11235 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11236 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11237 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11238 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11239 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11240 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11241 11242 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11243 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11244 // declaration in the same group. 11245 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11246 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11247 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11248 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11249 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11250 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11251 } 11252 11253 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11254 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11255 // declarator in the same group. 11256 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11257 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11258 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11259 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11260 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11261 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11262 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11263 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11264 } 11265 } 11266 } 11267 11268 Decls.push_back(D); 11269 } 11270 } 11271 11272 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11273 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11274 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11275 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11276 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11277 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11278 } 11279 } 11280 11281 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11282 } 11283 11284 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11285 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11286 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11287 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11288 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11289 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11290 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11291 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11292 QualType Deduced; 11293 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11294 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11295 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11296 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11297 break; 11298 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11299 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11300 continue; 11301 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11302 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11303 DeducedDecl = D; 11304 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11305 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11306 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11307 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11308 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11309 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11310 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11311 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11312 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11313 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11314 break; 11315 } 11316 } 11317 } 11318 11319 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11320 11321 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11322 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11323 } 11324 11325 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11326 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11327 } 11328 11329 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11330 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11331 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11332 return; 11333 11334 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11335 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11336 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11337 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11338 return; 11339 11340 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11341 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11342 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11343 // additional declaration references: 11344 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11345 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11346 // 'struct S *pS;' 11347 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11348 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11349 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11350 Group = Group.slice(1); 11351 } 11352 } 11353 11354 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11355 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11356 if (!Comments.empty() && 11357 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11358 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11359 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11360 // 11361 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11362 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11363 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11364 // ahead through comments. 11365 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11366 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11367 } 11368 } 11369 11370 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11371 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11372 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11373 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11374 11375 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11376 11377 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11378 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11379 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11380 SC = SC_Register; 11381 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11382 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11383 SC = SC_Auto; 11384 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11385 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11386 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11387 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11388 } 11389 11390 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11391 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11392 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11393 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11394 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11395 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11396 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11397 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11398 << 0; 11399 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11400 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11401 11402 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11403 11404 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11405 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11406 11407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11408 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11409 // parameter. 11410 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11411 11412 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11413 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11415 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11416 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11417 } 11418 } 11419 11420 // Ensure we have a valid name 11421 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11422 if (D.hasName()) { 11423 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11424 if (!II) { 11425 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11426 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11427 D.setInvalidType(true); 11428 } 11429 } 11430 11431 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11432 if (II) { 11433 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11434 ForRedeclaration); 11435 LookupName(R, S); 11436 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11437 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11438 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11439 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11440 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11441 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11442 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11443 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11444 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11445 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11446 11447 // Recover by removing the name 11448 II = nullptr; 11449 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11450 D.setInvalidType(true); 11451 } 11452 } 11453 } 11454 11455 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11456 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11457 // looking like class members in C++. 11458 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11459 D.getLocStart(), 11460 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11461 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11462 SC); 11463 11464 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11465 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11466 11467 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11468 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11469 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11470 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11471 11472 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11473 S->AddDecl(New); 11474 if (II) 11475 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11476 11477 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11478 11479 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11480 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11481 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11482 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11483 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11484 11485 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11487 } 11488 return New; 11489 } 11490 11491 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11492 /// typedef. 11493 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11494 SourceLocation Loc, 11495 QualType T) { 11496 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11497 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11498 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11499 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11500 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11501 SC_None, nullptr); 11502 Param->setImplicit(); 11503 return Param; 11504 } 11505 11506 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11507 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11508 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11509 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11510 return; 11511 11512 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11513 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11514 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11515 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11516 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11517 } 11518 } 11519 } 11520 11521 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11522 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11523 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11524 return; 11525 11526 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11527 // threshold. 11528 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11529 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11530 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11531 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11532 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11533 } 11534 11535 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11536 // threshold. 11537 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11538 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11539 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11540 continue; 11541 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11542 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11543 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11544 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11545 } 11546 } 11547 11548 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11549 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11550 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11551 StorageClass SC) { 11552 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11553 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11554 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11555 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11556 11557 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11558 11559 // Special cases for arrays: 11560 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11561 // - otherwise, it's an error 11562 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11563 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11564 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11565 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11566 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11567 } 11568 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11569 } else { 11570 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11571 } 11572 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11573 } 11574 11575 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11576 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11577 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11578 11579 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11580 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11581 // the class has been completely parsed. 11582 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11583 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11584 AbstractParamType)) 11585 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11586 11587 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11588 // passed by reference. 11589 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11590 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11591 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11592 Diag(NameLoc, 11593 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11595 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11596 New->setType(T); 11597 } 11598 11599 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11600 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11601 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11602 // an address space. 11603 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11604 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11605 // to be qualified with an address space. 11606 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11607 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11608 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11609 } 11610 } 11611 11612 return New; 11613 } 11614 11615 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11616 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11617 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11618 11619 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11620 // for a K&R function. 11621 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11622 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11623 --i; 11624 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11625 SmallString<256> Code; 11626 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11627 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11628 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11629 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11630 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11631 11632 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11633 // type. 11634 AttributeFactory attrs; 11635 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11636 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11637 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11638 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11639 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11640 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11641 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11642 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11643 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11644 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11645 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11646 } 11647 } 11648 } 11649 } 11650 11651 Decl * 11652 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11654 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11655 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11656 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11657 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11658 11659 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11660 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11661 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11662 } 11663 11664 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11665 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11666 } 11667 11668 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11669 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11670 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11671 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11672 return false; 11673 11674 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11675 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11676 return false; 11677 11678 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11679 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11680 return false; 11681 11682 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11683 if (FD->isMain()) 11684 return false; 11685 11686 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11687 if (FD->isInlined()) 11688 return false; 11689 11690 // Don't warn about function templates. 11691 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11692 return false; 11693 11694 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11695 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11696 return false; 11697 11698 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11699 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11700 return false; 11701 11702 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11703 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11704 return false; 11705 11706 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11707 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11708 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11709 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11710 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11711 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11712 continue; 11713 11714 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11715 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11716 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11717 break; 11718 } 11719 11720 return MissingPrototype; 11721 } 11722 11723 void 11724 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11725 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11726 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11727 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11728 if (!Definition) 11729 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11730 return; 11731 11732 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11733 return; 11734 11735 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11736 // a template, skip the new definition. 11737 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11738 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11739 Definition->isInlined() || 11740 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11741 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11742 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11743 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11744 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11745 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11746 FD->getLocation()); 11747 return; 11748 } 11749 11750 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11751 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11752 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11753 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11754 else 11755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11756 11757 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11758 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11759 } 11760 11761 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11762 Sema &S) { 11763 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11764 11765 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11766 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11767 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11768 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11769 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11770 11771 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11772 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11773 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11774 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11775 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11776 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11777 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11778 11779 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11780 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11781 11782 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11783 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11784 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11785 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11786 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11787 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11788 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11789 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11790 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11791 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11792 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11793 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11794 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11795 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11796 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11797 11798 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11799 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11800 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11801 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11802 } else { 11803 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11804 } 11805 ++I; 11806 } 11807 } 11808 11809 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11810 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11811 if (!D) 11812 return D; 11813 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11814 11815 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11816 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11817 else 11818 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11819 11820 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 11821 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11822 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 11823 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 11824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11825 } 11826 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 11827 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 11828 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 11829 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11830 } 11831 11832 // See if this is a redefinition. 11833 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11834 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11835 11836 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11837 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11838 return D; 11839 } 11840 11841 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11842 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11843 // this function. 11844 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11845 11846 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11847 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11848 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11849 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11850 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11851 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11852 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11853 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11854 // have the LSI properly restored. 11855 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11856 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 11857 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11858 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11859 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11860 } else { 11861 // Enter a new function scope 11862 PushFunctionScope(); 11863 } 11864 11865 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11866 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11867 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11868 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11869 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11870 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11871 } 11872 } 11873 11874 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11875 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11876 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11877 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11878 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11879 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11880 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11881 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11882 11883 if (FnBodyScope) 11884 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11885 11886 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11887 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11888 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11889 11890 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11891 // scope. 11892 if (FnBodyScope) { 11893 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11894 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11895 if (!NonParmDecl) 11896 continue; 11897 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11898 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11899 11900 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11901 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11902 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11903 11904 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11905 // accessible in this scope. 11906 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11907 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11908 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11909 } 11910 } 11911 } 11912 11913 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11914 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11915 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11916 11917 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11918 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11919 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11920 11921 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11922 } 11923 } 11924 11925 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11926 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11927 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11928 11929 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11930 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11931 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11932 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11934 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11935 return D; 11936 } 11937 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11938 // a function template). 11939 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11940 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11941 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11942 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11943 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11944 11945 return D; 11946 } 11947 11948 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11949 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11950 /// optimization. 11951 /// 11952 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11953 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11954 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11955 /// use the named return value optimization. 11956 /// 11957 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11958 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11959 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11960 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11961 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11962 11963 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11964 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11965 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11966 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11967 } 11968 } 11969 } 11970 11971 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11972 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11973 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11974 return false; 11975 11976 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11977 // return type (yet). 11978 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 11979 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11980 // we can still delay parsing it. 11981 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11982 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11983 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11984 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11985 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11986 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11987 } 11988 } 11989 return false; 11990 } 11991 11992 return true; 11993 } 11994 11995 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11996 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11997 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11998 // rest of the file. 11999 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12000 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12001 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12002 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12003 return false; 12004 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12005 } 12006 12007 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12008 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12009 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12010 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12011 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12012 return Decl; 12013 } 12014 12015 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12016 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12017 } 12018 12019 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12020 bool IsInstantiation) { 12021 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12022 12023 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12024 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12025 12026 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->CoroutinePromise) 12027 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12028 12029 if (FD) { 12030 FD->setBody(Body); 12031 12032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12033 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12034 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12035 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12036 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12037 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12038 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12039 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12040 << FD->getReturnType(); 12041 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12042 } else { 12043 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12044 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12045 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12046 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12047 } 12048 } 12049 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12050 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12051 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12052 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12053 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12054 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12055 12056 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12057 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12058 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12059 QualType RetType = 12060 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12061 12062 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12063 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12064 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12065 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12066 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12071 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12072 // is the first declaration. 12073 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12074 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12075 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12076 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12077 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12078 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12079 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12080 } 12081 12082 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12083 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12084 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12085 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12086 12087 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12088 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12089 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12090 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12091 12092 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12093 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12094 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12095 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12096 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12097 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12098 12099 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12100 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12101 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12102 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12103 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12104 12105 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12106 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12107 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12109 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12110 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12111 } 12112 12113 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12114 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12115 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12116 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12117 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12118 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12119 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12120 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12121 12122 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12123 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12124 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12125 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12126 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12127 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12128 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12129 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12130 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12131 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12132 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12133 } 12134 } 12135 12136 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12137 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12138 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12139 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12140 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12141 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12142 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12143 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12144 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12145 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12146 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12147 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12148 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 12149 } 12150 } 12151 12152 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12153 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12154 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12155 MD->isVirtual() && 12156 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12157 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12158 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12159 if (FD->isInlined() && 12160 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12161 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12162 12163 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12164 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12165 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12166 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12167 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12168 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12169 } else { 12170 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12171 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12172 } 12173 } 12174 } 12175 12176 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12177 "Function parsing confused"); 12178 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12179 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12180 MD->setBody(Body); 12181 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12182 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12183 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12184 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12185 12186 if (Body) 12187 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12188 } 12189 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12190 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12191 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12192 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12193 } 12194 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12195 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12196 bool isDesignated = 12197 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12198 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12199 (void)isDesignated; 12200 12201 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12202 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12203 if (!IFace) 12204 return false; 12205 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12206 if (!SuperD) 12207 return false; 12208 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12209 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12210 }; 12211 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12212 // of NSObject. 12213 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12214 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12215 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12216 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12217 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12218 } 12219 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12220 } 12221 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12222 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12223 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12224 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12225 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12226 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12227 } 12228 } else { 12229 return nullptr; 12230 } 12231 12232 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12233 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12234 12235 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12236 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12237 "handled in the block above."); 12238 12239 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12240 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12241 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12242 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12243 // Verify this. 12244 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12245 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12246 12247 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12248 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12249 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12250 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12251 12252 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12253 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12254 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12255 12256 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12257 Destructor->getParent()); 12258 } 12259 12260 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12261 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12262 // deletion in some later function. 12263 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12264 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12265 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12266 } 12267 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12268 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12269 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12270 // enabled. 12271 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12272 } 12273 12274 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12275 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12276 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12277 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12278 12279 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12280 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12281 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12282 // require prologue. 12283 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12284 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12285 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12286 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12287 RegisterVariables = 12288 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12289 if (!RegisterVariables) 12290 break; 12291 } 12292 } 12293 } 12294 if (RegisterVariables) 12295 continue; 12296 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12297 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12298 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12299 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12300 break; 12301 } 12302 } 12303 } 12304 12305 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12306 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12307 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12308 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12309 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12310 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12311 } 12312 12313 if (!IsInstantiation) 12314 PopDeclContext(); 12315 12316 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12317 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12318 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12319 // deletion in some later function. 12320 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12321 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12322 } 12323 12324 return dcl; 12325 } 12326 12327 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12328 /// relevant Decl. 12329 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12330 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12331 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12332 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12333 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12334 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12335 12336 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12337 if (Method->isStatic()) 12338 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12339 } 12340 12341 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12342 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12343 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12344 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12345 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12346 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12347 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12348 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12349 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12350 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12351 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12352 return ExternCPrev; 12353 } 12354 12355 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12356 unsigned diag_id; 12357 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12358 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12359 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12360 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12361 else 12362 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12363 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12364 12365 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12366 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12367 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12368 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12369 if (S && 12370 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12371 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12372 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12373 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12374 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12375 } 12376 12377 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12378 const char *Dummy; 12379 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12380 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12381 unsigned DiagID; 12382 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12383 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12384 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12385 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12386 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12387 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12388 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12389 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12390 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12391 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12392 /*NumParams=*/0, 12393 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12394 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12395 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12396 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12397 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12398 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12399 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12400 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12401 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12402 EST_None, 12403 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12404 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12405 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12406 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12407 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12408 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12409 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12410 Loc, Loc, D), 12411 DS.getAttributes(), 12412 SourceLocation()); 12413 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12414 12415 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12416 12417 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12418 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12419 12420 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12421 FD->setImplicit(); 12422 12423 CurContext = PrevDC; 12424 12425 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12426 12427 return FD; 12428 } 12429 12430 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12431 /// the declaration of this function. 12432 /// 12433 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12434 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12435 /// like NSLog or printf. 12436 /// 12437 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12438 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12439 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12440 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12441 return; 12442 12443 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12444 // actual attributes. 12445 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12446 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12447 unsigned FormatIdx; 12448 bool HasVAListArg; 12449 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12450 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12451 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12452 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12453 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12454 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12455 fmt = "NSString"; 12456 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12457 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12458 FormatIdx+1, 12459 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12460 FD->getLocation())); 12461 } 12462 } 12463 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12464 HasVAListArg)) { 12465 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12466 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12467 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12468 FormatIdx+1, 12469 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12470 FD->getLocation())); 12471 } 12472 12473 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12474 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12475 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12476 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12477 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12478 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12479 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12480 } 12481 12482 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12483 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12484 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12485 FD->getLocation())); 12486 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12487 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12488 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12489 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12490 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12491 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12492 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12493 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12494 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12495 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12496 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12497 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12498 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12499 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12500 else 12501 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12502 } 12503 } 12504 12505 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12506 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12507 // across. 12508 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12509 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12510 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12511 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12512 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12513 } 12514 12515 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12516 if (!Name) 12517 return; 12518 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12519 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12520 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12521 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12522 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12523 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12524 // about. 12525 } else 12526 return; 12527 12528 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12529 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12530 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12531 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12532 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12533 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12534 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12535 FD->getLocation())); 12536 } 12537 12538 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12539 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12540 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12541 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12542 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12543 FD->getLocation())); 12544 } 12545 } 12546 12547 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12548 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12549 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12550 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12551 12552 if (!TInfo) { 12553 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12554 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12555 } 12556 12557 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12558 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12559 D.getLocStart(), 12560 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12561 D.getIdentifier(), 12562 TInfo); 12563 12564 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12565 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12566 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12567 return NewTD; 12568 } 12569 12570 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12571 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12572 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12573 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12574 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12575 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12576 else 12577 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12578 } 12579 12580 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12581 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12582 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12583 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12584 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12585 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12586 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12587 case TST_enum: 12588 case TST_struct: 12589 case TST_interface: 12590 case TST_union: 12591 case TST_class: { 12592 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12593 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12594 break; 12595 } 12596 12597 default: 12598 break; 12599 } 12600 12601 return NewTD; 12602 } 12603 12604 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12605 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12606 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12607 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12608 12609 if (T->isDependentType()) 12610 return false; 12611 12612 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12613 if (BT->isInteger()) 12614 return false; 12615 12616 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12617 return true; 12618 } 12619 12620 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12621 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12622 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12623 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12624 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12625 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12626 12627 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12628 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12629 << Prev->isScoped(); 12630 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12631 return true; 12632 } 12633 12634 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12635 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12636 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12637 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12638 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12639 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12640 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12641 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12642 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12643 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12644 return true; 12645 } 12646 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12647 ; 12648 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12649 ; 12650 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12651 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12652 << Prev->isFixed(); 12653 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12654 return true; 12655 } 12656 12657 return false; 12658 } 12659 12660 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12661 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12662 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12663 /// 12664 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12665 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12666 switch (Tag) { 12667 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12668 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12669 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12670 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12671 } 12672 } 12673 12674 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12675 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12676 /// 12677 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12678 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12679 { 12680 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12681 } 12682 12683 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12684 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12685 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12686 return NTK_Typedef; 12687 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12688 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12689 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12690 return NTK_Template; 12691 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12692 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12693 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12694 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12695 switch (TTK) { 12696 case TTK_Struct: 12697 case TTK_Interface: 12698 case TTK_Class: 12699 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12700 case TTK_Union: 12701 return NTK_NonUnion; 12702 case TTK_Enum: 12703 return NTK_NonEnum; 12704 } 12705 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12706 } 12707 12708 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12709 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12710 /// 12711 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12712 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12713 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12714 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12715 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12716 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12717 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12718 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12719 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12720 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12721 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12722 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12723 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12724 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12725 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12726 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12727 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12728 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12729 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12730 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12731 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12732 return true; 12733 12734 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12735 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12736 bool isTemplate = false; 12737 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12738 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12739 12740 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12741 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12742 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12743 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12744 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12745 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12746 return true; 12747 } 12748 12749 if (isDefinition) { 12750 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12751 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12752 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12753 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12754 return true; 12755 } 12756 12757 bool previousMismatch = false; 12758 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12759 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12760 if (!previousMismatch) { 12761 previousMismatch = true; 12762 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12763 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12764 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12765 } 12766 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12767 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12768 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12769 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12770 } 12771 } 12772 return true; 12773 } 12774 12775 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12776 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12777 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12778 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12779 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12780 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12781 return true; 12782 } 12783 12784 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12785 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12786 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12787 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12788 12789 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12790 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12791 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12792 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12793 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12794 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12795 } 12796 12797 return true; 12798 } 12799 return false; 12800 } 12801 12802 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12803 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12804 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12805 /// namespace N { 12806 /// struct X; 12807 /// namespace M { 12808 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12809 /// } 12810 /// } 12811 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12812 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12813 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12814 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12815 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12816 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12817 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12818 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12819 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12820 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12821 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12822 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12823 return FixItHint(); 12824 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12825 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12826 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12827 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12828 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12829 break; 12830 } 12831 12832 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12833 // build an NNS. 12834 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12835 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12836 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12837 OS << "::"; 12838 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12839 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12840 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12841 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12842 } 12843 12844 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12845 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12846 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12847 /// using-declaration). 12848 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12849 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12850 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12851 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12852 12853 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12854 return true; 12855 12856 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12857 // encloses the other). 12858 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12859 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12860 return true; 12861 12862 return false; 12863 } 12864 12865 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12866 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12867 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12868 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12869 /// 12870 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12871 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12872 /// 12873 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12874 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12875 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12876 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12877 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12878 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12879 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12880 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12881 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12882 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12883 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12884 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12885 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12886 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12887 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12888 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12889 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12890 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12891 12892 OwnedDecl = false; 12893 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12894 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12895 12896 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 12897 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 12898 bool Invalid = false; 12899 12900 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12901 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12902 // for non-C++ cases. 12903 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12904 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12905 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12906 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12907 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12908 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12909 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12910 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12911 return nullptr; 12912 } 12913 12914 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12915 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12916 // be a member of another template). 12917 12918 if (Invalid) 12919 return nullptr; 12920 12921 OwnedDecl = false; 12922 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12923 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12924 TemplateParams, AS, 12925 ModulePrivateLoc, 12926 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12927 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12928 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12929 SkipBody); 12930 return Result.get(); 12931 } else { 12932 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12933 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12934 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12935 isMemberSpecialization = true; 12936 } 12937 } 12938 } 12939 12940 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12941 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12942 // redeclaration. 12943 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12944 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12945 12946 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12947 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12948 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12949 // type, default to int. 12950 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12951 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12952 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12953 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12954 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12955 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12956 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12957 12958 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12959 // Recover by falling back to int. 12960 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12961 12962 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12963 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12964 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12965 12966 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12967 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12968 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12969 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12970 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12971 } 12972 } 12973 } 12974 12975 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12976 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12977 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12978 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12979 12980 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12981 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12982 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12983 12984 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12985 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12986 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12987 12988 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12989 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12990 Name = nullptr; 12991 goto CreateNewDecl; 12992 } 12993 12994 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12995 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12996 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12997 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12998 if (!DC) { 12999 IsDependent = true; 13000 return nullptr; 13001 } 13002 } else { 13003 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13004 if (!DC) { 13005 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13006 << SS.getRange(); 13007 return nullptr; 13008 } 13009 } 13010 13011 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13012 return nullptr; 13013 13014 SearchDC = DC; 13015 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13016 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13017 13018 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13019 return nullptr; 13020 13021 if (Previous.empty()) { 13022 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13023 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13024 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13025 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13026 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13027 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13028 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13029 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13030 IsDependent = true; 13031 return nullptr; 13032 } 13033 13034 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13035 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13036 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13037 Name = nullptr; 13038 Invalid = true; 13039 goto CreateNewDecl; 13040 } 13041 } else if (Name) { 13042 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13043 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13044 // name different from T: 13045 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13046 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13047 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13048 return nullptr; 13049 13050 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13051 // declaration or definition. 13052 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13053 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13054 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13055 LookupName(Previous, S); 13056 13057 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13058 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13059 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13060 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13061 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13062 while (F.hasNext()) { 13063 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13064 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13065 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13066 F.erase(); 13067 } 13068 F.done(); 13069 } 13070 13071 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13072 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13073 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13074 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13075 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13076 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13077 // 13078 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13079 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13080 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13081 // 13082 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13083 // semantic context? 13084 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13085 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13086 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13087 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13088 while (F.hasNext()) { 13089 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13090 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13091 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13092 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13093 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13094 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13095 else 13096 F.erase(); 13097 } 13098 } 13099 F.done(); 13100 13101 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13102 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13103 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13104 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13105 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13106 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13107 } 13108 } 13109 13110 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13111 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13112 return nullptr; 13113 13114 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13115 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13116 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13117 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13118 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13119 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13120 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13121 } 13122 } 13123 13124 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13125 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13126 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13127 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13128 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13129 Previous.clear(); 13130 } 13131 13132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13133 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13134 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13135 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13136 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13137 13138 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13139 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13140 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13141 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13142 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13143 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13144 isStdAlignValT = true; 13145 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13146 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13147 } 13148 } 13149 13150 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13151 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13152 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13153 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13154 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13155 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13156 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13157 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13158 13159 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13160 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13161 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13162 // 13163 // class-key identifier 13164 // 13165 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13166 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13167 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13168 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13169 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13170 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13171 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13172 // declaration. 13173 // 13174 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13175 // C structs and unions. 13176 // 13177 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13178 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13179 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13180 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13181 // 13182 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13183 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13184 // 13185 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13186 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13187 // lexical context, 13188 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13189 13190 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13191 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13192 } else { 13193 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13194 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13195 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13196 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13197 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13198 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13199 } 13200 13201 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13202 // diagnose some problems. 13203 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13204 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13205 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13206 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13207 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13208 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13209 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13210 } else { 13211 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13212 LookupName(Previous, S); 13213 } 13214 } 13215 13216 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13217 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13218 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13219 13220 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13221 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13222 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13223 13224 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13225 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13226 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13227 // in C++. 13228 // 13229 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13230 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13231 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13232 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13233 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13234 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13235 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13236 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13237 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13238 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13239 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13240 PrevDecl = Tag; 13241 Previous.clear(); 13242 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13243 Previous.resolveKind(); 13244 } 13245 } 13246 } 13247 } 13248 13249 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13250 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13251 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13252 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13253 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13254 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13255 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13256 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13257 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13258 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13259 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13260 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13261 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13262 << 0; 13263 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13264 Previous.clear(); 13265 goto CreateNewDecl; 13266 } 13267 } 13268 13269 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13270 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13271 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13272 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13273 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13274 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13275 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13276 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13277 // struct or something similar. 13278 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13279 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13280 Name)) { 13281 bool SafeToContinue 13282 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13283 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13284 if (SafeToContinue) 13285 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13286 << Name 13287 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13288 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13289 else 13290 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13291 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13292 13293 if (SafeToContinue) 13294 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13295 else { 13296 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13297 Name = nullptr; 13298 Previous.clear(); 13299 Invalid = true; 13300 } 13301 } 13302 13303 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13304 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13305 13306 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13307 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13308 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13309 if (ScopedEnum) 13310 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13311 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13312 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13313 return PrevTagDecl; 13314 } 13315 13316 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13317 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13318 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13319 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13320 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13321 13322 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13323 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13324 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13325 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13326 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13327 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13328 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13329 } 13330 13331 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13332 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13333 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13334 // and then later defined. 13335 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13336 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13337 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13338 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13339 } 13340 13341 if (!Invalid) { 13342 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13343 // we have attributes. 13344 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13345 if (Attr) { 13346 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13347 // declaration to hold them. 13348 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13349 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13350 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13351 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13352 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13353 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13354 SS.isEmpty()) { 13355 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13356 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13357 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13358 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13359 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13360 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13361 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13362 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13363 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13364 return PrevTagDecl; 13365 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13366 // that scope. 13367 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13368 } else { 13369 return PrevTagDecl; 13370 } 13371 } 13372 13373 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13374 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13375 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13376 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13377 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13378 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13379 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13380 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13381 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13382 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13383 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13384 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13385 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13386 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13387 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13388 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13389 } 13390 13391 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13392 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13393 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13394 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13395 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13396 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13397 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13398 // use it in place of this one. 13399 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13400 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13401 return Def; 13402 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13403 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13404 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13405 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13406 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13407 else 13408 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13409 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13410 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13411 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13412 // references get the previous definition. 13413 Name = nullptr; 13414 Previous.clear(); 13415 Invalid = true; 13416 } 13417 } else { 13418 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13419 // about a nested redefinition. 13420 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13421 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13422 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13423 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13424 diag::note_previous_definition); 13425 Name = nullptr; 13426 Previous.clear(); 13427 Invalid = true; 13428 } 13429 } 13430 13431 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13432 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13433 } 13434 13435 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13436 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13437 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13438 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13439 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13440 AS = AS_none; 13441 } 13442 } 13443 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13444 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13445 13446 } else { 13447 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13448 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13449 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13450 // have distinct types. 13451 Previous.clear(); 13452 } 13453 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13454 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13455 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13456 13457 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13458 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13459 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13460 } else { 13461 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13462 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13463 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13464 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13465 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13466 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13467 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13468 << Kind; 13469 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13470 Invalid = true; 13471 13472 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13473 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13474 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13475 // do nothing 13476 13477 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13478 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13479 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13480 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13481 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13482 Invalid = true; 13483 13484 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13485 // case here. 13486 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13487 unsigned Kind = 0; 13488 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13490 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13491 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13492 Invalid = true; 13493 13494 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13495 } else { 13496 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13497 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13498 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13499 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13500 Name = nullptr; 13501 Invalid = true; 13502 } 13503 13504 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13505 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13506 Previous.clear(); 13507 } 13508 } 13509 13510 CreateNewDecl: 13511 13512 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13513 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13514 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13515 13516 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13517 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13518 // keyword. 13519 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13520 13521 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13522 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13523 // PrevDecl. 13524 TagDecl *New; 13525 13526 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13527 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13528 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13529 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13530 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13531 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13532 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13533 13534 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13535 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13536 13537 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13538 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13539 TagDecl *Def; 13540 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13541 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13542 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13543 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13544 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13545 } 13546 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13547 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13548 << New; 13549 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13550 } else { 13551 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13552 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13553 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13554 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13555 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13556 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13557 13558 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13559 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13560 // the declaration context. 13561 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13562 IsForwardReference = true; 13563 } 13564 } 13565 13566 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13567 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13568 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13569 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13570 else 13571 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13572 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13573 } 13574 } else { 13575 // struct/union/class 13576 13577 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13578 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13580 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13581 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13582 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13583 13584 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13585 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13586 } else 13587 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13588 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13589 } 13590 13591 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13592 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13593 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13595 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13596 Invalid = true; 13597 } 13598 13599 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13600 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13601 if (SS.isSet()) { 13602 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13603 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13604 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13605 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13606 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13607 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13608 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13609 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13610 Invalid = true; 13611 13612 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13613 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13614 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13615 } 13616 } 13617 else 13618 Invalid = true; 13619 } 13620 13621 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13622 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13623 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13624 // 13625 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13626 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13627 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13628 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13629 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13630 // parsing of the struct). 13631 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13632 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13633 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13634 } 13635 } 13636 13637 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13638 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13640 << 2 13641 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13642 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13643 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13644 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13645 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13646 New->setModulePrivate(); 13647 } 13648 13649 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13650 // check the specialization. 13651 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13652 Invalid = true; 13653 13654 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13655 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13656 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13657 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13658 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13660 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13661 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13662 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13663 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13664 << Name; 13665 Invalid = true; 13666 } 13667 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13668 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13669 } 13670 } 13671 13672 if (Invalid) 13673 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13674 13675 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13676 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13677 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13678 13679 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13680 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13681 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13682 // the tag name visible. 13683 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13684 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13685 13686 // Set the access specifier. 13687 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13688 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13689 13690 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13691 New->startDefinition(); 13692 13693 if (Attr) 13694 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13695 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 13696 13697 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13698 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13699 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13700 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13701 if (PrevDecl) 13702 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13703 13704 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13705 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13706 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13707 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13708 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13709 } else if (Name) { 13710 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13711 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13712 if (IsForwardReference) 13713 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13714 } else { 13715 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13716 } 13717 13718 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13719 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13720 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13721 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13722 II->isStr("FILE")) 13723 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13724 13725 if (PrevDecl) 13726 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13727 13728 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13729 // record. 13730 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13731 13732 OwnedDecl = true; 13733 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13734 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13735 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13736 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13737 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13738 RD->completeDefinition(); 13739 return nullptr; 13740 } else { 13741 return New; 13742 } 13743 } 13744 13745 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13746 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13747 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13748 13749 // Enter the tag context. 13750 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13751 13752 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13753 13754 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13755 // record. 13756 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13757 } 13758 13759 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13760 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13761 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13762 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13763 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13764 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13765 CurContext = OCD; 13766 return IDecl; 13767 } 13768 13769 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13770 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13771 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13772 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13773 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13774 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13775 13776 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13777 13778 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13779 return; 13780 13781 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13782 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13783 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13784 13785 // C++ [class]p2: 13786 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13787 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13788 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13789 // as if it were a public member name. 13790 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13791 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13792 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13793 Record->getIdentifier(), 13794 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13795 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13796 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13797 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13798 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13799 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13800 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13801 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13802 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13803 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13804 } 13805 13806 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13807 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13808 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13809 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13810 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13811 13812 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13813 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13814 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13815 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13816 RD->completeDefinition(); 13817 } 13818 13819 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 13820 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13821 } 13822 13823 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13824 PopDeclContext(); 13825 13826 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13827 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13828 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13829 13830 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13831 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13832 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13833 } 13834 13835 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13836 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13837 PopDeclContext(); 13838 } 13839 13840 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13841 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13842 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13843 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13844 } 13845 13846 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13847 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13848 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13849 } 13850 13851 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13852 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13853 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13854 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13855 13856 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13857 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13858 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13859 RD->completeDefinition(); 13860 } 13861 13862 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13863 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13864 // the FieldCollector. 13865 13866 PopDeclContext(); 13867 } 13868 13869 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13870 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13871 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13872 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13873 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13874 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13875 if (ZeroWidth) 13876 *ZeroWidth = true; 13877 13878 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13879 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13880 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13881 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13882 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13883 return ExprError(); 13884 if (FieldName) 13885 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13886 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13887 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13888 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13889 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13890 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13891 return ExprError(); 13892 13893 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13894 // it now. 13895 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13896 return BitWidth; 13897 13898 llvm::APSInt Value; 13899 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13900 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13901 return ICE; 13902 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13903 13904 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13905 *ZeroWidth = false; 13906 13907 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13908 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13909 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13910 13911 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13912 if (FieldName) 13913 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13914 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13915 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13916 << Value.toString(10); 13917 } 13918 13919 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13920 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13921 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13922 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13923 13924 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13925 // ABI. 13926 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13927 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13928 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13929 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13930 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13931 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13932 unsigned DiagWidth = 13933 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13934 if (FieldName) 13935 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13936 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13937 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13938 13939 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13940 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13941 << DiagWidth; 13942 } 13943 13944 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13945 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13946 // 'bool'. 13947 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13948 if (FieldName) 13949 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13950 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13951 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13952 else 13953 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13954 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13955 } 13956 } 13957 13958 return BitWidth; 13959 } 13960 13961 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13962 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13963 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13964 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13965 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13966 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13967 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13968 return Res; 13969 } 13970 13971 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13972 /// 13973 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13974 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13975 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13976 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13977 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13978 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13979 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13980 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13981 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13982 return nullptr; 13983 } 13984 13985 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13986 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13987 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13988 13989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13990 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13991 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13992 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13993 13994 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13995 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13996 D.setInvalidType(); 13997 T = Context.IntTy; 13998 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13999 } 14000 } 14001 14002 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14003 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 14004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14005 D.setInvalidType(); 14006 } 14007 14008 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14009 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14010 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14011 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14013 D.setInvalidType(); 14014 } 14015 14016 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14017 14018 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14019 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14020 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14021 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14022 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14023 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14024 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14025 14026 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14027 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14028 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14029 LookupName(Previous, S); 14030 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14031 case LookupResult::Found: 14032 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14033 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14034 break; 14035 14036 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14037 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14038 break; 14039 14040 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14041 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14042 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14043 break; 14044 } 14045 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14046 14047 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14048 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14049 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14050 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14051 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14052 } 14053 14054 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14055 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14056 14057 bool Mutable 14058 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14059 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14060 FieldDecl *NewFD 14061 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14062 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14063 14064 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14065 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14066 14067 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14068 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14069 14070 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14071 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14072 // with the same name in the same scope. 14073 } else if (II) { 14074 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14075 } else 14076 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14077 14078 return NewFD; 14079 } 14080 14081 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14082 /// 14083 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14084 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14085 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14086 /// created. 14087 /// 14088 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14089 /// 14090 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14091 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14092 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14093 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14094 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14095 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14096 SourceLocation TSSL, 14097 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14098 Declarator *D) { 14099 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14100 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14101 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14102 14103 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14104 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14105 if (T.isNull()) { 14106 InvalidDecl = true; 14107 T = Context.IntTy; 14108 } 14109 14110 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14111 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14112 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14113 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14114 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14115 InvalidDecl = true; 14116 } else { 14117 NamedDecl *Def; 14118 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14119 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14120 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14121 InvalidDecl = true; 14122 } 14123 } 14124 } 14125 14126 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14127 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14128 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14129 InvalidDecl = true; 14130 } 14131 14132 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14133 // than a variably modified type. 14134 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14135 bool SizeIsNegative; 14136 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14137 14138 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14139 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14140 SizeIsNegative, 14141 Oversized); 14142 if (FixedTInfo) { 14143 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14144 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14145 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14146 } else { 14147 if (SizeIsNegative) 14148 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14149 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14151 << Oversized.toString(10); 14152 else 14153 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14154 InvalidDecl = true; 14155 } 14156 } 14157 14158 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14159 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14160 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14161 AbstractFieldType)) 14162 InvalidDecl = true; 14163 14164 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14165 if (InvalidDecl) 14166 BitWidth = nullptr; 14167 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14168 if (BitWidth) { 14169 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14170 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14171 if (!BitWidth) { 14172 InvalidDecl = true; 14173 BitWidth = nullptr; 14174 ZeroWidth = false; 14175 } 14176 } 14177 14178 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14179 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14180 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14181 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14182 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14183 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14184 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14185 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14186 14187 if (DiagID) { 14188 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14189 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14190 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14191 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14192 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14193 Mutable = false; 14194 InvalidDecl = true; 14195 } 14196 } 14197 } 14198 14199 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14200 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14201 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14202 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14203 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14204 14205 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14206 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14207 if (InvalidDecl) 14208 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14209 14210 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14211 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14212 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14213 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14214 } 14215 14216 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14217 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14218 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14219 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14220 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14221 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14222 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14223 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14224 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14225 // objects. 14226 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14227 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14228 } 14229 } 14230 14231 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14232 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14233 // enabled. 14234 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14235 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14236 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14237 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14238 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14239 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14240 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14241 } 14242 } 14243 } 14244 14245 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14246 // representation, not a parser representation. 14247 if (D) { 14248 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14249 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14250 14251 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14252 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14253 } 14254 14255 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14256 // retainable type. 14257 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14258 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14259 14260 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14261 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14262 14263 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14264 return NewFD; 14265 } 14266 14267 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14268 assert(FD); 14269 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14270 14271 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14272 return false; 14273 14274 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14275 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14276 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14277 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14278 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14279 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14280 // copy constructors. 14281 14282 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14283 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14284 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14285 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14286 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14287 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14288 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14289 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14290 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14291 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14292 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14293 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14294 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14295 member = CXXDestructor; 14296 14297 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14298 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14299 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14300 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14301 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14302 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14303 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14304 // members unavailable. 14305 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14306 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14307 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14308 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14309 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14310 return false; 14311 } 14312 } 14313 14314 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14315 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14316 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14317 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14318 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14319 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14320 } 14321 } 14322 } 14323 14324 return false; 14325 } 14326 14327 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14328 /// AST enum value. 14329 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14330 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14331 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14332 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14333 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14334 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14335 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14336 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14337 } 14338 } 14339 14340 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14341 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14342 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14343 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14344 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14345 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14346 14347 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14348 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14349 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14350 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14351 14352 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14353 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14354 14355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14356 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14357 14358 if (BitWidth) { 14359 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14360 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14361 if (!BitWidth) 14362 D.setInvalidType(); 14363 } else { 14364 // Not a bitfield. 14365 14366 // validate II. 14367 14368 } 14369 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14371 D.setInvalidType(); 14372 } 14373 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14374 // than a variably modified type. 14375 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14377 D.setInvalidType(); 14378 } 14379 14380 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14381 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14382 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14383 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14384 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14385 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14386 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14387 return nullptr; 14388 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14389 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14390 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14391 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14392 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14393 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14394 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14395 } 14396 else 14397 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14398 } else { 14399 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14400 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14401 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14403 return nullptr; 14404 } 14405 } 14406 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14407 } 14408 14409 // Construct the decl. 14410 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14411 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14412 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14413 14414 if (II) { 14415 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14416 ForRedeclaration); 14417 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14418 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14420 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14421 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14422 } 14423 } 14424 14425 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14426 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14427 14428 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14429 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14430 14431 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14432 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14433 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14434 14435 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14436 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14437 14438 if (II) { 14439 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14440 // these to the interface. 14441 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14442 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14443 } 14444 14445 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14446 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14447 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14448 14449 return NewID; 14450 } 14451 14452 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14453 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14454 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14455 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14456 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14457 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14458 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14459 return; 14460 14461 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14462 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14463 14464 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14465 return; 14466 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14467 if (!ID) { 14468 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14469 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14470 return; 14471 } 14472 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14473 else 14474 return; 14475 } 14476 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14477 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14478 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14479 14480 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14481 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14482 Context.CharTy, 14483 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14484 DeclLoc), 14485 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14486 true); 14487 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14488 } 14489 14490 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14491 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14492 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14493 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14494 14495 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14496 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14497 // it will now change. 14498 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14499 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14500 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14501 default: break; 14502 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14503 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14504 break; 14505 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14506 Context. 14507 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14508 break; 14509 } 14510 } 14511 14512 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14513 14514 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14515 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14516 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14517 if (Record) { 14518 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14519 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14520 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14521 ++NumNamedMembers; 14522 } 14523 } 14524 14525 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14526 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14527 14528 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14529 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14530 i != end; ++i) { 14531 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14532 14533 // Get the type for the field. 14534 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14535 14536 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14537 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14538 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14539 } 14540 14541 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14542 // diagnostics about it. 14543 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14544 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14545 continue; 14546 } 14547 14548 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14549 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14550 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14551 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14552 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14553 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14554 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14555 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14556 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14557 // array. 14558 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14559 // Field declared as a function. 14560 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14561 << FD->getDeclName(); 14562 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14563 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14564 continue; 14565 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14566 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14567 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14568 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14569 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14570 // Flexible array member. 14571 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14572 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14573 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14574 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14575 if (Record->isUnion()) 14576 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14577 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14578 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14579 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14580 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14581 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14582 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14583 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14584 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14585 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14586 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14587 14588 if (DiagID) 14589 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14590 << Record->getTagKind(); 14591 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14592 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14593 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14594 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14595 // of the type. 14596 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14597 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14598 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14599 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14600 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14601 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14602 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14603 14604 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14605 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14606 // 14607 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14608 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14609 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14610 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14611 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14612 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14613 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14614 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14615 continue; 14616 } 14617 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14618 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14619 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14620 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14621 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14622 // Incomplete type 14623 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14624 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14625 continue; 14626 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14627 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14628 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14629 // flexible array member. 14630 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14631 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14632 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14633 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14634 // structures. 14635 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14636 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14637 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14638 else { 14639 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14640 // other structs as an extension. 14641 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14642 << FD->getDeclName(); 14643 } 14644 } 14645 } 14646 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14647 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14648 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14649 AbstractIvarType)) { 14650 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14651 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14652 } 14653 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14654 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14655 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14656 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14657 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14658 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14659 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14660 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14661 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14662 FD->setType(T); 14663 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 14664 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 14665 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14666 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 14667 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14668 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14669 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14670 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14671 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14672 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 14673 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14674 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14675 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14676 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14677 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14678 } 14679 } else { 14680 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14681 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14682 } 14683 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 14684 } 14685 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14686 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14687 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14688 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14689 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14690 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14691 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14692 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14693 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14694 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14695 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14696 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14697 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14698 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14699 } 14700 } 14701 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14702 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14703 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14704 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14705 ++NumNamedMembers; 14706 } 14707 14708 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14709 if (Record) { 14710 bool Completed = false; 14711 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14712 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14713 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14714 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14715 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14716 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14717 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14718 } 14719 14720 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14721 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14722 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14724 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14725 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14726 } 14727 14728 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14729 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14730 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14731 14732 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14733 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14734 // problem now. 14735 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14736 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14737 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14738 14739 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14740 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14741 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14742 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14743 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14744 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14745 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14746 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14747 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14748 continue; 14749 14750 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14751 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14752 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14753 // program is ill-formed. 14754 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14755 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14756 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14757 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14758 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14759 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14760 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14761 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14762 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14763 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14764 14765 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14766 } 14767 } 14768 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14769 Completed = true; 14770 } 14771 } 14772 } 14773 } 14774 14775 if (!Completed) 14776 Record->completeDefinition(); 14777 14778 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14779 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14780 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14781 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14782 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14783 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14784 } 14785 14786 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14787 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14788 14789 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14790 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14791 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14792 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14793 } 14794 14795 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14796 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14797 // compatibility problems. 14798 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14799 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14800 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14801 } else { 14802 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14803 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14804 CheckForZeroSize = 14805 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14806 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14807 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14808 } 14809 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14810 bool ZeroSize = true; 14811 bool IsEmpty = true; 14812 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14813 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14814 E = Record->field_end(); 14815 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14816 IsEmpty = false; 14817 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14818 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14819 ZeroSize = false; 14820 } else { 14821 ++NonBitFields; 14822 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14823 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14824 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14825 ZeroSize = false; 14826 } 14827 } 14828 14829 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14830 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14831 // extern "C" block. 14832 if (ZeroSize) { 14833 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14834 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14835 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14836 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14837 } 14838 14839 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14840 // but are accepted by GCC. 14841 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14842 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14843 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14844 << Record->isUnion(); 14845 } 14846 } 14847 } else { 14848 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14849 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14850 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14851 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14852 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14853 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14854 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14855 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14856 } 14857 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14858 // duplicates. 14859 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14860 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14861 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14862 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14863 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14864 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14865 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14866 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14867 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14868 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14869 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14870 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14871 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14872 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14873 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14874 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14875 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14876 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14877 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14878 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14880 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14881 if (IDecl) { 14882 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14883 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14884 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14885 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14886 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14887 continue; 14888 } 14889 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14890 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14891 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14892 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14893 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14894 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14895 continue; 14896 } 14897 } 14898 } 14899 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14900 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14901 } 14902 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14903 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14904 } 14905 } 14906 14907 if (Attr) 14908 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14909 } 14910 14911 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14912 /// the given type T. 14913 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14914 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14915 QualType T) { 14916 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14917 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14918 14919 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14920 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14921 --BitWidth; 14922 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14923 } 14924 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14925 } 14926 14927 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14928 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14929 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14930 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14931 // enum checking below. 14932 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14933 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14934 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14935 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14936 }; 14937 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14938 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14939 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14940 }; 14941 14942 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14943 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14944 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14945 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14946 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14947 return Types[I]; 14948 14949 return QualType(); 14950 } 14951 14952 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14953 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14954 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14955 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14956 Expr *Val) { 14957 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14958 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14959 QualType EltTy; 14960 14961 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14962 Val = nullptr; 14963 14964 if (Val) 14965 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14966 14967 if (Val) { 14968 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14969 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14970 else { 14971 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14973 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14974 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14975 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14976 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14977 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14978 ExprResult Converted = 14979 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14980 CCEK_Enumerator); 14981 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14982 Val = nullptr; 14983 else 14984 Val = Converted.get(); 14985 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14986 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14987 &EnumVal).get())) { 14988 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14989 } else { 14990 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14991 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14992 14993 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14994 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14995 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14996 // expression checking. 14997 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14998 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14999 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15000 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15001 } else 15002 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15003 } else 15004 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15005 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15006 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15007 .get(); 15008 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15009 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15010 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15011 // is the type of its initializing value: 15012 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15013 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15014 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15015 } else { 15016 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15017 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15018 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15019 // representable as an int. 15020 15021 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15022 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15023 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15024 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15025 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15026 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15027 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15028 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15029 } 15030 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15031 } 15032 } 15033 } 15034 } 15035 15036 if (!Val) { 15037 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15038 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15039 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15040 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15041 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15042 // is the type of its initializing value: 15043 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15044 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15045 // 15046 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15047 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15048 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15049 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15050 } 15051 else { 15052 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15053 } 15054 } else { 15055 // Assign the last value + 1. 15056 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15057 ++EnumVal; 15058 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15059 15060 // Check for overflow on increment. 15061 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15062 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15063 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15064 // is the type of its initializing value: 15065 // 15066 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15067 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15068 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15069 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15070 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15071 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15072 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15073 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15074 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15075 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15076 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15077 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15078 ++EnumVal; 15079 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15080 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15081 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15082 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15083 << EltTy; 15084 else 15085 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15086 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15087 } else { 15088 EltTy = T; 15089 } 15090 15091 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15092 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15093 // value, then increment. 15094 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15095 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15096 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15097 ++EnumVal; 15098 15099 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15100 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15101 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15102 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15103 // integral type. 15104 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15105 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15106 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15107 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15108 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15109 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15110 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15111 } 15112 } 15113 } 15114 15115 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15116 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15117 // enumerator's type. 15118 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15119 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15120 } 15121 15122 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15123 Val, EnumVal); 15124 } 15125 15126 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15127 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15128 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15129 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15130 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15131 15132 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15133 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15134 // skip the body. 15135 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15136 ForRedeclaration); 15137 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15138 if (!PrevECD) 15139 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15140 15141 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15142 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15143 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15144 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15145 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15146 return Skip; 15147 } 15148 15149 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15150 } 15151 15152 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15153 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15154 AttributeList *Attr, 15155 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15156 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15157 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15158 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15159 15160 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15161 // we find one that is. 15162 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15163 15164 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15165 // scope. 15166 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15167 ForRedeclaration); 15168 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15169 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15170 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15171 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15172 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15173 } 15174 15175 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15176 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15177 // different from T: 15178 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15179 // enumerated type 15180 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15181 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15182 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15183 15184 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15185 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15186 if (!New) 15187 return nullptr; 15188 15189 if (PrevDecl) { 15190 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15191 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15192 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15193 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15194 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15195 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15196 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15197 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15198 else 15199 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15200 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15201 return nullptr; 15202 } 15203 } 15204 15205 // Process attributes. 15206 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15207 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15208 15209 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15210 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15211 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15212 15213 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15214 15215 return New; 15216 } 15217 15218 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15219 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15220 // Element2 = Element1 15221 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15222 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15223 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15224 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15225 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15226 if (!InitExpr) 15227 return true; 15228 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15229 15230 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15231 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15232 return true; 15233 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15234 if (!IL) 15235 return true; 15236 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15237 return true; 15238 15239 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15240 } 15241 15242 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15243 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15244 if (!DRE) 15245 return true; 15246 15247 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15248 if (!EnumConstant) 15249 return true; 15250 15251 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15252 Enum) 15253 return true; 15254 15255 return false; 15256 } 15257 15258 namespace { 15259 struct DupKey { 15260 int64_t val; 15261 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15262 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15263 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15264 }; 15265 15266 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15267 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15268 false); 15269 } 15270 15271 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15272 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15273 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15274 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15275 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15276 } 15277 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15278 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15279 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15280 } 15281 }; 15282 } // end anonymous namespace 15283 15284 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15285 // a previous element has already been set to. 15286 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15287 EnumDecl *Enum, 15288 QualType EnumType) { 15289 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15290 return; 15291 // Avoid anonymous enums 15292 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15293 return; 15294 15295 // Only check for small enums. 15296 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15297 return; 15298 15299 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15300 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15301 15302 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15303 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15304 ValueToVectorMap; 15305 15306 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15307 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15308 15309 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15310 // an initialier. 15311 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15312 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15313 15314 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15315 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15316 if (!ECD) { 15317 return; 15318 } 15319 15320 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15321 continue; 15322 15323 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15324 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15325 15326 // First time encountering this value. 15327 if (Entry.isNull()) 15328 Entry = ECD; 15329 } 15330 15331 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15332 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15333 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15334 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15335 continue; 15336 15337 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15338 15339 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15340 if (Entry.isNull()) 15341 continue; 15342 15343 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15344 // Ensure constants are different. 15345 if (D == ECD) 15346 continue; 15347 15348 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15349 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15350 Vec->push_back(D); 15351 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15352 15353 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15354 Entry = Vec; 15355 15356 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15357 // diagnostics. 15358 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15359 continue; 15360 } 15361 15362 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15363 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15364 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15365 continue; 15366 15367 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15368 } 15369 15370 // Emit diagnostics. 15371 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15372 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15373 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15374 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15375 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15376 15377 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15378 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15379 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15380 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15381 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15382 ++I; 15383 15384 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15385 // the same value. 15386 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15387 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15388 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15389 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15390 delete Vec; 15391 } 15392 } 15393 15394 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15395 bool AllowMask) const { 15396 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15397 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15398 15399 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15400 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15401 15402 if (R.second) { 15403 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15404 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15405 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15406 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15407 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15408 } 15409 } 15410 15411 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15412 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15413 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15414 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15415 // 15416 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15417 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15418 // likely a logic error. 15419 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15420 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15421 } 15422 15423 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15424 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15425 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15426 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15427 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15428 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15429 15430 if (Attr) 15431 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15432 15433 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15435 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15436 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15437 if (!ECD) continue; 15438 15439 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15440 } 15441 15442 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15443 return; 15444 } 15445 15446 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15447 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15448 // emit a warning. 15449 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15450 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15451 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15452 15453 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15454 // reverse the list. 15455 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15456 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15457 15458 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15459 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15460 15461 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15462 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15463 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15464 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15465 15466 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15467 15468 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15469 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15470 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15471 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15472 else 15473 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15474 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15475 15476 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15477 if (AllElementsInt) 15478 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15479 } 15480 15481 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15482 QualType BestType; 15483 unsigned BestWidth; 15484 15485 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15486 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15487 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15488 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15489 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15490 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15491 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15492 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15493 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15494 QualType BestPromotionType; 15495 15496 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15497 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15498 // enum definitions. 15499 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15500 Packed = true; 15501 15502 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15503 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15504 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15505 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15506 else 15507 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15508 15509 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15510 } 15511 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15512 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15513 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15514 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15515 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15516 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15517 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15518 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15519 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15520 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15521 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15522 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15523 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15524 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15525 } else { 15526 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15527 15528 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15529 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15530 } else { 15531 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15532 15533 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15534 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15535 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15536 } 15537 } 15538 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15539 } else { 15540 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15541 // all of the enumerator values. 15542 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15543 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15544 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15545 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15546 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15547 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15548 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15549 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15550 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15551 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15552 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15553 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15554 BestPromotionType 15555 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15556 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15557 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15558 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15559 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15560 BestPromotionType 15561 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15562 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15563 } else { 15564 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15565 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15566 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15567 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15568 BestPromotionType 15569 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15570 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15571 } 15572 } 15573 15574 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15575 // the type of the enum if needed. 15576 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15577 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15578 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15579 15580 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15581 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15582 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15583 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15584 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15585 15586 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15587 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15588 15589 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15590 // the enum decl type. 15591 QualType NewTy; 15592 unsigned NewWidth; 15593 bool NewSign; 15594 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15595 !Enum->isFixed() && 15596 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15597 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15598 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15599 NewSign = true; 15600 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15601 // Already the right type! 15602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15603 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15604 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15605 // enumeration. 15606 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15607 continue; 15608 } else { 15609 NewTy = BestType; 15610 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15611 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15612 } 15613 15614 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15615 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15616 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15617 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15618 15619 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15620 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15621 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15622 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15623 CK_IntegralCast, 15624 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15625 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15626 VK_RValue)); 15627 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15628 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15629 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15630 // enumeration. 15631 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15632 else 15633 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15634 } 15635 15636 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15637 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15638 15639 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15640 15641 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15642 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15643 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15644 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15645 15646 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15647 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15648 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15649 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15650 << ECD << Enum; 15651 } 15652 } 15653 15654 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15655 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15656 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15657 } 15658 15659 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15660 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15661 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15662 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15663 15664 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15665 AsmString, StartLoc, 15666 EndLoc); 15667 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15668 return New; 15669 } 15670 15671 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15672 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15673 bool FromInclude = false) { 15674 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15675 15676 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15677 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15678 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15679 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15680 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15681 break; 15682 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15683 break; 15684 } 15685 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15686 } 15687 15688 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15689 DC = DC->getParent(); 15690 15691 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15692 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15693 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15694 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15695 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15696 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15697 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15698 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15699 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15700 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15701 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15702 } 15703 } 15704 15705 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15706 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15707 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15708 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15709 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 15710 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 15711 // module map. 15712 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 15713 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 15714 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 15715 break; 15716 15717 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 15718 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 15719 break; 15720 15721 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 15722 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 15723 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15724 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 15725 break; 15726 15727 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 15728 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 15729 return nullptr; 15730 } 15731 15732 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15733 15734 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15735 // here, in order to support macro import. 15736 15737 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 15738 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 15739 // module name. 15740 std::string ModuleName; 15741 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15742 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15743 ModuleName += "."; 15744 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15745 } 15746 15747 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15748 // correct. 15749 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15750 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15751 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15752 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15753 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15754 return nullptr; 15755 } 15756 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15757 15758 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15759 15760 switch (MDK) { 15761 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15762 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15763 15764 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 15765 // module map defining it already. 15766 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15767 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15768 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15769 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15770 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15771 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15772 << FE->getName(); 15773 return nullptr; 15774 } 15775 15776 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15777 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15778 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15779 15780 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15781 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15782 return nullptr; 15783 } 15784 15785 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15786 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15787 return nullptr; 15788 15789 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15790 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15791 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15792 15793 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15794 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15795 return nullptr; 15796 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15797 } 15798 15799 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15800 } 15801 15802 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15803 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15804 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15805 Module *Mod = 15806 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15807 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15808 if (!Mod) 15809 return true; 15810 15811 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15812 15813 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15814 15815 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15816 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15817 // silently ignoring the import. 15818 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15819 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15820 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15821 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15822 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15823 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15824 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15825 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15826 15827 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15828 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15829 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15830 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15831 // We need the length to be consistent. 15832 if (!ModCheck) 15833 break; 15834 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15835 15836 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15837 } 15838 15839 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15840 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15841 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15842 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15843 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15844 TU->addDecl(Import); 15845 return Import; 15846 } 15847 15848 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15849 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15850 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15851 } 15852 15853 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15854 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15855 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15856 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15857 // 15858 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15859 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15860 TUKind == TU_Module && 15861 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15862 15863 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15864 15865 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15866 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15867 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15868 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15869 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15870 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15871 DirectiveLoc); 15872 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15873 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15874 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15875 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15876 } 15877 15878 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15879 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15880 } 15881 15882 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15883 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15884 15885 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15886 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15887 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15888 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15889 15890 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15891 } 15892 15893 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15894 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15895 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15896 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15897 // is now out of date. 15898 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15899 } 15900 15901 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15902 "left the wrong module scope"); 15903 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15904 15905 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15906 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15907 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15908 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15909 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15910 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15911 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15912 } 15913 15914 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15915 Module *Mod) { 15916 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15917 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15918 return; 15919 15920 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15921 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15922 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15923 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15924 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15925 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15926 15927 // Make the module visible. 15928 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15929 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15930 } 15931 15932 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15933 /// (if present). 15934 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15935 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15936 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15937 15938 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15939 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 15940 // the global module. 15941 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().Module || 15942 ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) 15943 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 15944 15945 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15946 // export keyword. 15947 // 15948 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15949 // export-declaration. 15950 if (D->isExported()) 15951 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15952 15953 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15954 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15955 return D; 15956 } 15957 15958 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15959 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15960 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15961 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15962 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15963 15964 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15965 // anonymous namespace). 15966 15967 PopDeclContext(); 15968 return D; 15969 } 15970 15971 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15972 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15973 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15974 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15975 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15976 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15977 LookupOrdinaryName); 15978 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15979 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15980 15981 // If a declaration that: 15982 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15983 // 2) has external linkage 15984 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15985 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15986 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15987 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15988 else 15989 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15990 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15991 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15992 } else 15993 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15994 } 15995 15996 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15997 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15998 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15999 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16000 16001 if (PrevDecl) { 16002 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16003 } else { 16004 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16005 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16006 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16007 } 16008 } 16009 16010 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16011 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16012 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16013 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16014 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16015 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16016 LookupOrdinaryName); 16017 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16018 16019 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16020 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16021 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16022 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16023 } else { 16024 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16025 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16026 } 16027 } 16028 16029 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16030 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16031 } 16032